Commit 1551df35f296f0a8df32f4f2054254f46e8be252
Committed by
Albert ARIBAUD
1 parent
f503cc49a5
Exists in
master
and in
49 other branches
arm: Switch to -mno-unaligned-access when supported by the compiler
When we tell the compiler to optimize for ARMv7 (and ARMv6 for that matter) it assumes a default of SCTRL.A being cleared and unaligned accesses being allowed and fast at the hardware level. We set this bit and must pass along -mno-unaligned-access so that the compiler will still breakdown accesses and not trigger a data abort. To better help understand the requirements of the project with respect to unaligned memory access, the Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt file has been added as doc/README.unaligned-memory-access.txt and is taken from the v3.14-rc1 tag of the kernel. Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net> Cc: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com> Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Showing 9 changed files with 248 additions and 138 deletions Inline Diff
README
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | Summary: | 8 | Summary: |
9 | ======== | 9 | ======== |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for | 11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for |
12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other | 12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other |
13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | 13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to |
14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | 14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application |
15 | code. | 15 | code. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | 17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of |
18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some | 18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some |
19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | 19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to |
20 | support booting of Linux images. | 20 | support booting of Linux images. |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | 22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily |
23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | 23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are |
24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | 24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to |
25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | 25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used |
26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | 26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can |
27 | load and run it dynamically. | 27 | load and run it dynamically. |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | Status: | 30 | Status: |
31 | ======= | 31 | ======= |
32 | 32 | ||
33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | 33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the |
34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered | 34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered |
35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. | 35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out | 37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out |
38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board | 38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board |
39 | maintainers. | 39 | maintainers. |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; | 41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; |
42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | 42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | make CHANGELOG | 44 | make CHANGELOG |
45 | 45 | ||
46 | 46 | ||
47 | Where to get help: | 47 | Where to get help: |
48 | ================== | 48 | ================== |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for | 50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for |
51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | 51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at |
52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic | 52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic |
53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | 53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. |
54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | 54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and |
55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | 55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | 57 | ||
58 | Where to get source code: | 58 | Where to get source code: |
59 | ========================= | 59 | ========================= |
60 | 60 | ||
61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | 61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at |
62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | 62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at |
63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | 63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary |
64 | 64 | ||
65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | 65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of |
66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also | 66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also |
67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ | 67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ |
68 | directory. | 68 | directory. |
69 | 69 | ||
70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from | 70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from |
71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ | 71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | 73 | ||
74 | Where we come from: | 74 | Where we come from: |
75 | =================== | 75 | =================== |
76 | 76 | ||
77 | - start from 8xxrom sources | 77 | - start from 8xxrom sources |
78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) | 78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) |
79 | - clean up code | 79 | - clean up code |
80 | - make it easier to add custom boards | 80 | - make it easier to add custom boards |
81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | 81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs |
82 | - extend functions, especially: | 82 | - extend functions, especially: |
83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | 83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader |
84 | * S-Record download | 84 | * S-Record download |
85 | * network boot | 85 | * network boot |
86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot | 86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot |
87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) | 87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) |
88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) | 88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) |
89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) | 89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) |
90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot | 90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | 92 | ||
93 | Names and Spelling: | 93 | Names and Spelling: |
94 | =================== | 94 | =================== |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | 96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling |
97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | 97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments |
98 | in source files etc.). Example: | 98 | in source files etc.). Example: |
99 | 99 | ||
100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | 100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. |
101 | 101 | ||
102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | 102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: |
103 | 103 | ||
104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | 104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | 106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> |
107 | 107 | ||
108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | 108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on |
109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | 109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: |
110 | 110 | ||
111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo | 111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo |
112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start | 112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | 114 | ||
115 | Versioning: | 115 | Versioning: |
116 | =========== | 116 | =========== |
117 | 117 | ||
118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases | 118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases |
119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | 119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning |
120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | 120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by |
121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | 121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. |
122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | 122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix |
123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | 123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | Examples: | 125 | Examples: |
126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 | 126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 |
127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree | 127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree |
128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | 128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | 130 | ||
131 | Directory Hierarchy: | 131 | Directory Hierarchy: |
132 | ==================== | 132 | ==================== |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | /arch Architecture specific files | 134 | /arch Architecture specific files |
135 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture | 135 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture |
136 | /cpu CPU specific files | 136 | /cpu CPU specific files |
137 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | 137 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs |
138 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | 138 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs |
139 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU | 139 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU |
140 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs | 140 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs |
141 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | 141 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs |
142 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | 142 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs |
143 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | 143 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs |
144 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | 144 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs |
145 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | 145 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs |
146 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 146 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
147 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture | 147 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture |
148 | /cpu CPU specific files | 148 | /cpu CPU specific files |
149 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 149 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
150 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | 150 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture |
151 | /cpu CPU specific files | 151 | /cpu CPU specific files |
152 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 152 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
153 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture | 153 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture |
154 | /cpu CPU specific files | 154 | /cpu CPU specific files |
155 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | 155 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs |
156 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | 156 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs |
157 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | 157 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs |
158 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | 158 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs |
159 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | 159 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs |
160 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 160 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
161 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture | 161 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture |
162 | /cpu CPU specific files | 162 | /cpu CPU specific files |
163 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 163 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
164 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture | 164 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture |
165 | /cpu CPU specific files | 165 | /cpu CPU specific files |
166 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs | 166 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs |
167 | /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs | 167 | /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs |
168 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 168 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
169 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture | 169 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture |
170 | /cpu CPU specific files | 170 | /cpu CPU specific files |
171 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | 171 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs |
172 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 172 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
173 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture | 173 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture |
174 | /cpu CPU specific files | 174 | /cpu CPU specific files |
175 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 175 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
176 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture | 176 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture |
177 | /cpu CPU specific files | 177 | /cpu CPU specific files |
178 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 178 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
179 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture | 179 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture |
180 | /cpu CPU specific files | 180 | /cpu CPU specific files |
181 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs | 181 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs |
182 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | 182 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs |
183 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | 183 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs |
184 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | 184 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs |
185 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs | 185 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs |
186 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | 186 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs |
187 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | 187 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs |
188 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | 188 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs |
189 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 189 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
190 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture | 190 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture |
191 | /cpu CPU specific files | 191 | /cpu CPU specific files |
192 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs | 192 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs |
193 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs | 193 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs |
194 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs | 194 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs |
195 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 195 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
196 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture | 196 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture |
197 | /cpu CPU specific files | 197 | /cpu CPU specific files |
198 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | 198 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU |
199 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | 199 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU |
200 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 200 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
201 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture | 201 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture |
202 | /cpu CPU specific files | 202 | /cpu CPU specific files |
203 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 203 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
204 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps | 204 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps |
205 | /board Board dependent files | 205 | /board Board dependent files |
206 | /common Misc architecture independent functions | 206 | /common Misc architecture independent functions |
207 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling | 207 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling |
208 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) | 208 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) |
209 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers | 209 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers |
210 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. | 210 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. |
211 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. | 211 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. |
212 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | 212 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) |
213 | /include Header Files | 213 | /include Header Files |
214 | /lib Files generic to all architectures | 214 | /lib Files generic to all architectures |
215 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees | 215 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees |
216 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression | 216 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression |
217 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression | 217 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression |
218 | /net Networking code | 218 | /net Networking code |
219 | /post Power On Self Test | 219 | /post Power On Self Test |
220 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework | 220 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework |
221 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | 221 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. |
222 | 222 | ||
223 | Software Configuration: | 223 | Software Configuration: |
224 | ======================= | 224 | ======================= |
225 | 225 | ||
226 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | 226 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the |
227 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | 227 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. |
228 | 228 | ||
229 | There are two classes of configuration variables: | 229 | There are two classes of configuration variables: |
230 | 230 | ||
231 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | 231 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: |
232 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | 232 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with |
233 | "CONFIG_". | 233 | "CONFIG_". |
234 | 234 | ||
235 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | 235 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: |
236 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | 236 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if |
237 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | 237 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with |
238 | "CONFIG_SYS_". | 238 | "CONFIG_SYS_". |
239 | 239 | ||
240 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | 240 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even |
241 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | 241 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to |
242 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | 242 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic |
243 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | 243 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards |
244 | as an example here. | 244 | as an example here. |
245 | 245 | ||
246 | 246 | ||
247 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | 247 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: |
248 | --------------------------------------------------- | 248 | --------------------------------------------------- |
249 | 249 | ||
250 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | 250 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default |
251 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". | 251 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". |
252 | 252 | ||
253 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | 253 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: |
254 | 254 | ||
255 | cd u-boot | 255 | cd u-boot |
256 | make TQM823L_config | 256 | make TQM823L_config |
257 | 257 | ||
258 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; | 258 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; |
259 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent | 259 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent |
260 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | 260 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. |
261 | 261 | ||
262 | 262 | ||
263 | Configuration Options: | 263 | Configuration Options: |
264 | ---------------------- | 264 | ---------------------- |
265 | 265 | ||
266 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | 266 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all |
267 | such information is kept in a configuration file | 267 | such information is kept in a configuration file |
268 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | 268 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". |
269 | 269 | ||
270 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | 270 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in |
271 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | 271 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". |
272 | 272 | ||
273 | 273 | ||
274 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux | 274 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux |
275 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | 275 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to |
276 | build a config tool - later. | 276 | build a config tool - later. |
277 | 277 | ||
278 | 278 | ||
279 | The following options need to be configured: | 279 | The following options need to be configured: |
280 | 280 | ||
281 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. | 281 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. |
282 | 282 | ||
283 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | 283 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. |
284 | 284 | ||
285 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | 285 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) |
286 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 | 286 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 |
287 | 287 | ||
288 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 288 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
289 | Define exactly one of | 289 | Define exactly one of |
290 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | 290 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD |
291 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | 291 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: |
292 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | 292 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, |
293 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | 293 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 |
294 | 294 | ||
295 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 295 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
296 | Define exactly one of | 296 | Define exactly one of |
297 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | 297 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 |
298 | 298 | ||
299 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 299 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
300 | Define one or more of | 300 | Define one or more of |
301 | CONFIG_CMA302 | 301 | CONFIG_CMA302 |
302 | 302 | ||
303 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | 303 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) |
304 | Define one or more of | 304 | Define one or more of |
305 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on | 305 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on |
306 | the LCD display every second with | 306 | the LCD display every second with |
307 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ | 307 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ |
308 | 308 | ||
309 | - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) | 309 | - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) |
310 | CONFIG_ADSTYPE | 310 | CONFIG_ADSTYPE |
311 | Possible values are: | 311 | Possible values are: |
312 | CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS | 312 | CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS |
313 | CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS | 313 | CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS |
314 | CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR | 314 | CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR |
315 | CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS | 315 | CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS |
316 | 316 | ||
317 | - Marvell Family Member | 317 | - Marvell Family Member |
318 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable | 318 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable |
319 | multiple fs option at one time | 319 | multiple fs option at one time |
320 | for marvell soc family | 320 | for marvell soc family |
321 | 321 | ||
322 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) | 322 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) |
323 | Define exactly one of | 323 | Define exactly one of |
324 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 | 324 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 |
325 | 325 | ||
326 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) | 326 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) |
327 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if | 327 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if |
328 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | 328 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work |
329 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz | 329 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz |
330 | reference PIT/RTC clock | 330 | reference PIT/RTC clock |
331 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK | 331 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK |
332 | or XTAL/EXTAL) | 332 | or XTAL/EXTAL) |
333 | 333 | ||
334 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): | 334 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): |
335 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN | 335 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN |
336 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | 336 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX |
337 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT | 337 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT |
338 | See doc/README.MPC866 | 338 | See doc/README.MPC866 |
339 | 339 | ||
340 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK | 340 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK |
341 | 341 | ||
342 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead | 342 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead |
343 | of relying on the correctness of the configured | 343 | of relying on the correctness of the configured |
344 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | 344 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure |
345 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | 345 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note |
346 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | 346 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz |
347 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) | 347 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) |
348 | 348 | ||
349 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE | 349 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE |
350 | 350 | ||
351 | Define this option if you want to enable the | 351 | Define this option if you want to enable the |
352 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | 352 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. |
353 | 353 | ||
354 | - 85xx CPU Options: | 354 | - 85xx CPU Options: |
355 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 | 355 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 |
356 | 356 | ||
357 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | 357 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements |
358 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | 358 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR |
359 | compliance, among other possible reasons. | 359 | compliance, among other possible reasons. |
360 | 360 | ||
361 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV | 361 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV |
362 | 362 | ||
363 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | 363 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the |
364 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | 364 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ |
365 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | 365 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. |
366 | 366 | ||
367 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT | 367 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT |
368 | 368 | ||
369 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | 369 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device |
370 | tree nodes for the given platform. | 370 | tree nodes for the given platform. |
371 | 371 | ||
372 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB | 372 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB |
373 | 373 | ||
374 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | 374 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work |
375 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | 375 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger |
376 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | 376 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where |
377 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this | 377 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this |
378 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | 378 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this |
379 | purpose. | 379 | purpose. |
380 | 380 | ||
381 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 | 381 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 |
382 | 382 | ||
383 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, | 383 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, |
384 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | 384 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and |
385 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | 385 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. |
386 | 386 | ||
387 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | 387 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV |
388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | 388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) |
389 | 389 | ||
390 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | 390 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) |
391 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | 391 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. |
392 | 392 | ||
393 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | 393 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision |
394 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | 394 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus |
395 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | 395 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls |
396 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | 396 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. |
397 | 397 | ||
398 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | 398 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about |
399 | this erratum. | 399 | this erratum. |
400 | 400 | ||
401 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND | 401 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND |
402 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | 402 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only |
403 | requred during NOR boot. | 403 | requred during NOR boot. |
404 | 404 | ||
405 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY | 405 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY |
406 | 406 | ||
407 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | 407 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 |
408 | according to the A004510 workaround. | 408 | according to the A004510 workaround. |
409 | 409 | ||
410 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR | 410 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR |
411 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is | 411 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is |
412 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. | 412 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. |
413 | 413 | ||
414 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR | 414 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR |
415 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | 415 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory |
416 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | 416 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. |
417 | 417 | ||
418 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR | 418 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR |
419 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly | 419 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly |
420 | connected to the DSP core. | 420 | connected to the DSP core. |
421 | 421 | ||
422 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | 422 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT |
423 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | 423 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. |
424 | 424 | ||
425 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK | 425 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK |
426 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. | 426 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. |
427 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply | 427 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply |
428 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. | 428 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. |
429 | 429 | ||
430 | - Generic CPU options: | 430 | - Generic CPU options: |
431 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | 431 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN |
432 | 432 | ||
433 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | 433 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those |
434 | values is arch specific. | 434 | values is arch specific. |
435 | 435 | ||
436 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR | 436 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR |
437 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is | 437 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is |
438 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core | 438 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core |
439 | SoCs. | 439 | SoCs. |
440 | 440 | ||
441 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR | 441 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR |
442 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. | 442 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. |
443 | 443 | ||
444 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU | 444 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU |
445 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as | 445 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as |
446 | deskew training are not available. | 446 | deskew training are not available. |
447 | 447 | ||
448 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 | 448 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 |
449 | Freescale DDR1 controller. | 449 | Freescale DDR1 controller. |
450 | 450 | ||
451 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 | 451 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 |
452 | Freescale DDR2 controller. | 452 | Freescale DDR2 controller. |
453 | 453 | ||
454 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 | 454 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 |
455 | Freescale DDR3 controller. | 455 | Freescale DDR3 controller. |
456 | 456 | ||
457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 | 457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 |
458 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. | 458 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. |
459 | 459 | ||
460 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 | 460 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 |
461 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 461 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
462 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board | 462 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board |
463 | implemetation. | 463 | implemetation. |
464 | 464 | ||
465 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 | 465 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 |
466 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with | 466 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with |
467 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board | 467 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board |
468 | implementation. | 468 | implementation. |
469 | 469 | ||
470 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 | 470 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 |
471 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 471 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
472 | Freescale DDR3 controllers. | 472 | Freescale DDR3 controllers. |
473 | 473 | ||
474 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE | 474 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE |
475 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian | 475 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian |
476 | 476 | ||
477 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE | 477 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE |
478 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian | 478 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian |
479 | 479 | ||
480 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI | 480 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI |
481 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. | 481 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. |
482 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 482 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
483 | 483 | ||
484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW | 484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW |
485 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. | 485 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. |
486 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. | 486 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. |
487 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 487 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
488 | 488 | ||
489 | - Intel Monahans options: | 489 | - Intel Monahans options: |
490 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO | 490 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO |
491 | 491 | ||
492 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | 492 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator |
493 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | 493 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core |
494 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | 494 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. |
495 | 495 | ||
496 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO | 496 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO |
497 | 497 | ||
498 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator | 498 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator |
499 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | 499 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and |
500 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied | 500 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied |
501 | by this value. | 501 | by this value. |
502 | 502 | ||
503 | - MIPS CPU options: | 503 | - MIPS CPU options: |
504 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | 504 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET |
505 | 505 | ||
506 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | 506 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack |
507 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | 507 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before |
508 | relocation. | 508 | relocation. |
509 | 509 | ||
510 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | 510 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE |
511 | 511 | ||
512 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | 512 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. |
513 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | 513 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. |
514 | Possible values are: | 514 | Possible values are: |
515 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | 515 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA |
516 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | 516 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA |
517 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | 517 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED |
518 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | 518 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT |
519 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | 519 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE |
520 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | 520 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW |
521 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | 521 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW |
522 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | 522 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED |
523 | 523 | ||
524 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | 524 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG |
525 | 525 | ||
526 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | 526 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. |
527 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | 527 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. |
528 | 528 | ||
529 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | 529 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES |
530 | 530 | ||
531 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | 531 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq |
532 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | 532 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to |
533 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | 533 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. |
534 | 534 | ||
535 | - ARM options: | 535 | - ARM options: |
536 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | 536 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH |
537 | 537 | ||
538 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | 538 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not |
539 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | 539 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. |
540 | 540 | ||
541 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD | 541 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD |
542 | 542 | ||
543 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | 543 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction |
544 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | 544 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides |
545 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | 545 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support |
546 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | 546 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by |
547 | GCC. | 547 | GCC. |
548 | 548 | ||
549 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 | 549 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 |
550 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 | 550 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 |
551 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | 551 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 |
552 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | 552 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 |
553 | 553 | ||
554 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | 554 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early |
555 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | 555 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the |
556 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | 556 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection |
557 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | 557 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not |
558 | set these options unless they apply! | 558 | set these options unless they apply! |
559 | 559 | ||
560 | - CPU timer options: | 560 | - CPU timer options: |
561 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ | 561 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ |
562 | 562 | ||
563 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). | 563 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). |
564 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG | 564 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG |
565 | option must be set to 1000. | 565 | option must be set to 1000. |
566 | 566 | ||
567 | - Linux Kernel Interface: | 567 | - Linux Kernel Interface: |
568 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ | 568 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ |
569 | 569 | ||
570 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | 570 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz |
571 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | 571 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux |
572 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | 572 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the |
573 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | 573 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable |
574 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | 574 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot |
575 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | 575 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the |
576 | Linux kernel. | 576 | Linux kernel. |
577 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of | 577 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of |
578 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the | 578 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the |
579 | default environment. | 579 | default environment. |
580 | 580 | ||
581 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] | 581 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] |
582 | 582 | ||
583 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions | 583 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions |
584 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. | 584 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. |
585 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | 585 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. |
586 | 586 | ||
587 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 587 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
588 | 588 | ||
589 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | 589 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be |
590 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware | 590 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware |
591 | concepts). | 591 | concepts). |
592 | 592 | ||
593 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 593 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
594 | * New libfdt-based support | 594 | * New libfdt-based support |
595 | * Adds the "fdt" command | 595 | * Adds the "fdt" command |
596 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt | 596 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt |
597 | 597 | ||
598 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for | 598 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for |
599 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 599 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
600 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | 600 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for |
601 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 601 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
602 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. | 602 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. |
603 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device | 603 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device |
604 | 604 | ||
605 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC | 605 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC |
606 | addresses | 606 | addresses |
607 | 607 | ||
608 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP | 608 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP |
609 | 609 | ||
610 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | 610 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make |
611 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | 611 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel |
612 | 612 | ||
613 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU | 613 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU |
614 | 614 | ||
615 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot | 615 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot |
616 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. | 616 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. |
617 | 617 | ||
618 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP | 618 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP |
619 | 619 | ||
620 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | 620 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. |
621 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | 621 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot |
622 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | 622 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, |
623 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | 623 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and |
624 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | 624 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where |
625 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | 625 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. |
626 | 626 | ||
627 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] | 627 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] |
628 | 628 | ||
629 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | 629 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one |
630 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | 630 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type |
631 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | 631 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry |
632 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | 632 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). |
633 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | 633 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported |
634 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | 634 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is |
635 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | 635 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. |
636 | 636 | ||
637 | - vxWorks boot parameters: | 637 | - vxWorks boot parameters: |
638 | 638 | ||
639 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | 639 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following |
640 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. | 640 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. |
641 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | 641 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. |
642 | 642 | ||
643 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name | 643 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name |
644 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address | 644 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address |
645 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server | 645 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server |
646 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters | 646 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters |
647 | 647 | ||
648 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS | 648 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS |
649 | 649 | ||
650 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" | 650 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" |
651 | 651 | ||
652 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | 652 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride |
653 | the defaults discussed just above. | 653 | the defaults discussed just above. |
654 | 654 | ||
655 | - Cache Configuration: | 655 | - Cache Configuration: |
656 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | 656 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot |
657 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | 657 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot |
658 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | 658 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot |
659 | 659 | ||
660 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: | 660 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: |
661 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | 661 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache |
662 | controller | 662 | controller |
663 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | 663 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 |
664 | controller register space | 664 | controller register space |
665 | 665 | ||
666 | - Serial Ports: | 666 | - Serial Ports: |
667 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL | 667 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL |
668 | 668 | ||
669 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | 669 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. |
670 | 670 | ||
671 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL | 671 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL |
672 | 672 | ||
673 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | 673 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. |
674 | 674 | ||
675 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | 675 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK |
676 | 676 | ||
677 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | 677 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to |
678 | the clock speed of the UARTs. | 678 | the clock speed of the UARTs. |
679 | 679 | ||
680 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | 680 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS |
681 | 681 | ||
682 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | 682 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, |
683 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | 683 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) |
684 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | 684 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h |
685 | 685 | ||
686 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR | 686 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR |
687 | 687 | ||
688 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) | 688 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) |
689 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set | 689 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set |
690 | this variable to initialize the extra register. | 690 | this variable to initialize the extra register. |
691 | 691 | ||
692 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT | 692 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT |
693 | 693 | ||
694 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage | 694 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage |
695 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this | 695 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this |
696 | variable to flush the UART at init time. | 696 | variable to flush the UART at init time. |
697 | 697 | ||
698 | 698 | ||
699 | - Console Interface: | 699 | - Console Interface: |
700 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port | 700 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port |
701 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | 701 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, |
702 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | 702 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial |
703 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | 703 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE |
704 | 704 | ||
705 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | 705 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial |
706 | port routines must be defined elsewhere | 706 | port routines must be defined elsewhere |
707 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | 707 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) |
708 | 708 | ||
709 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 709 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
710 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | 710 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following |
711 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) | 711 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) |
712 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation | 712 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation |
713 | (default big endian) | 713 | (default big endian) |
714 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports | 714 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports |
715 | rectangle fill | 715 | rectangle fill |
716 | (cf. smiLynxEM) | 716 | (cf. smiLynxEM) |
717 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports | 717 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports |
718 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | 718 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) |
719 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns | 719 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns |
720 | (cols=pitch) | 720 | (cols=pitch) |
721 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows | 721 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows |
722 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel | 722 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel |
723 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format | 723 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format |
724 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | 724 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) |
725 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address | 725 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address |
726 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct | 726 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct |
727 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) | 727 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) |
728 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct | 728 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct |
729 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) | 729 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) |
730 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct | 730 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct |
731 | (i.e. i8042_getc) | 731 | (i.e. i8042_getc) |
732 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off | 732 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off |
733 | (requires blink timer | 733 | (requires blink timer |
734 | cf. i8042.c) | 734 | cf. i8042.c) |
735 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) | 735 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) |
736 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in | 736 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in |
737 | upper right corner | 737 | upper right corner |
738 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) | 738 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) |
739 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in | 739 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in |
740 | upper left corner | 740 | upper left corner |
741 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of | 741 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of |
742 | linux_logo.h for logo. | 742 | linux_logo.h for logo. |
743 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 743 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
744 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO | 744 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO |
745 | additional board info beside | 745 | additional board info beside |
746 | the logo | 746 | the logo |
747 | 747 | ||
748 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support | 748 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support |
749 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | 749 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, |
750 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | 750 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). |
751 | 751 | ||
752 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is | 752 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is |
753 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | 753 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with |
754 | environment 'console=serial'. | 754 | environment 'console=serial'. |
755 | 755 | ||
756 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console | 756 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console |
757 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | 757 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with |
758 | the "silent" environment variable. See | 758 | the "silent" environment variable. See |
759 | doc/README.silent for more information. | 759 | doc/README.silent for more information. |
760 | 760 | ||
761 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default | 761 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default |
762 | is 0x00. | 762 | is 0x00. |
763 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default | 763 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default |
764 | is 0xa0. | 764 | is 0xa0. |
765 | 765 | ||
766 | - Console Baudrate: | 766 | - Console Baudrate: |
767 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | 767 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps |
768 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 768 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
769 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 769 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
770 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | 770 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale |
771 | 771 | ||
772 | - Console Rx buffer length | 772 | - Console Rx buffer length |
773 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | 773 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define |
774 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | 774 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. |
775 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. | 775 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. |
776 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE | 776 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE |
777 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | 777 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for |
778 | the SMC. | 778 | the SMC. |
779 | 779 | ||
780 | - Pre-Console Buffer: | 780 | - Pre-Console Buffer: |
781 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART | 781 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART |
782 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | 782 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. |
783 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | 783 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to |
784 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | 784 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being |
785 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 785 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
786 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | 786 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is |
787 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 787 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
788 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the | 788 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the |
789 | earlier bytes are discarded. | 789 | earlier bytes are discarded. |
790 | 790 | ||
791 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | 791 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if |
792 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | 792 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 |
793 | 793 | ||
794 | - Safe printf() functions | 794 | - Safe printf() functions |
795 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | 795 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of |
796 | the printf() functions. These are defined in | 796 | the printf() functions. These are defined in |
797 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | 797 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and |
798 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | 798 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. |
799 | If this option is not given then these functions will | 799 | If this option is not given then these functions will |
800 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | 800 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means |
801 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | 801 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. |
802 | 802 | ||
803 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds | 803 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds |
804 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | 804 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; |
805 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | 805 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. |
806 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort | 806 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort |
807 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | 807 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). |
808 | 808 | ||
809 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | 809 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that |
810 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | 810 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. |
811 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 811 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
812 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | 812 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN |
813 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | 813 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED |
814 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | 814 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT |
815 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 815 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
816 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 816 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
817 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 | 817 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 |
818 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 | 818 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 |
819 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | 819 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK |
820 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | 820 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY |
821 | 821 | ||
822 | - Autoboot Command: | 822 | - Autoboot Command: |
823 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 823 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
824 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | 824 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; |
825 | define a command string that is automatically executed | 825 | define a command string that is automatically executed |
826 | when no character is read on the console interface | 826 | when no character is read on the console interface |
827 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | 827 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. |
828 | 828 | ||
829 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | 829 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS |
830 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm | 830 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm |
831 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | 831 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the |
832 | environment value "bootargs". | 832 | environment value "bootargs". |
833 | 833 | ||
834 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | 834 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT |
835 | The value of these goes into the environment as | 835 | The value of these goes into the environment as |
836 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | 836 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used |
837 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | 837 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from |
838 | RAM and NFS. | 838 | RAM and NFS. |
839 | 839 | ||
840 | - Bootcount: | 840 | - Bootcount: |
841 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 841 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
842 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot | 842 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot |
843 | cycle, see: | 843 | cycle, see: |
844 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 844 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
845 | 845 | ||
846 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV | 846 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV |
847 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware | 847 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware |
848 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a | 848 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a |
849 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable | 849 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable |
850 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is | 850 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is |
851 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is | 851 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is |
852 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. | 852 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. |
853 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" | 853 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" |
854 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. | 854 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. |
855 | 855 | ||
856 | - Pre-Boot Commands: | 856 | - Pre-Boot Commands: |
857 | CONFIG_PREBOOT | 857 | CONFIG_PREBOOT |
858 | 858 | ||
859 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | 859 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the |
860 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | 860 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked |
861 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 861 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
862 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | 862 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. |
863 | entering interactive mode. | 863 | entering interactive mode. |
864 | 864 | ||
865 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | 865 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is |
866 | automatically generated or modified. For an example | 866 | automatically generated or modified. For an example |
867 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | 867 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is |
868 | modified when the user holds down a certain | 868 | modified when the user holds down a certain |
869 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | 869 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when |
870 | booting the systems | 870 | booting the systems |
871 | 871 | ||
872 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | 872 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: |
873 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 873 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
874 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | 874 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a |
875 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | 875 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are |
876 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | 876 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal |
877 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | 877 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take |
878 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | 878 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial |
879 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | 879 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. |
880 | 880 | ||
881 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) | 881 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) |
882 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE | 882 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE |
883 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 883 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
884 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 884 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
885 | 885 | ||
886 | - Monitor Functions: | 886 | - Monitor Functions: |
887 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded | 887 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded |
888 | from the build by using the #include files | 888 | from the build by using the #include files |
889 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted | 889 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted |
890 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> | 890 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> |
891 | and augmenting with additional #define's | 891 | and augmenting with additional #define's |
892 | for wanted commands. | 892 | for wanted commands. |
893 | 893 | ||
894 | The default command configuration includes all commands | 894 | The default command configuration includes all commands |
895 | except those marked below with a "*". | 895 | except those marked below with a "*". |
896 | 896 | ||
897 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable | 897 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable |
898 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo | 898 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo |
899 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger | 899 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger |
900 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support | 900 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support |
901 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands | 901 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands |
902 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd | 902 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd |
903 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache | 903 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache |
904 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support | 904 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support |
905 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo | 905 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo |
906 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 | 906 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 |
907 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... | 907 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... |
908 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support | 908 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support |
909 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics | 909 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics |
910 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands | 910 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands |
911 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command | 911 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command |
912 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | 912 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd |
913 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command | 913 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command |
914 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat | 914 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat |
915 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments | 915 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments |
916 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable | 916 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable |
917 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support | 917 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support |
918 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx | 918 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx |
919 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks | 919 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks |
920 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags | 920 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags |
921 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable | 921 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable |
922 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment | 922 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment |
923 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support | 923 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support |
924 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support | 924 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support |
925 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) | 925 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) |
926 | that work for multiple fs types | 926 | that work for multiple fs types |
927 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv | 927 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv |
928 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support | 928 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support |
929 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support | 929 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support |
930 | CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support | 930 | CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support |
931 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect | 931 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect |
932 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support | 932 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support |
933 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support | 933 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support |
934 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot | 934 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot |
935 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) | 935 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) |
936 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment | 936 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment |
937 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest | 937 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest |
938 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control | 938 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control |
939 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support | 939 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support |
940 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support | 940 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support |
941 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo | 941 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo |
942 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash | 942 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash |
943 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash | 943 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash |
944 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support | 944 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support |
945 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment | 945 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment |
946 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env | 946 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env |
947 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo | 947 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo |
948 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values | 948 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values |
949 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support | 949 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support |
950 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb | 950 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb |
951 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) | 951 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) |
952 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration | 952 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration |
953 | (169.254.*.*) | 953 | (169.254.*.*) |
954 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb | 954 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb |
955 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads | 955 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads |
956 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest | 956 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest |
957 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | 957 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) |
958 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information | 958 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information |
959 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, | 959 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, |
960 | loop, loopw | 960 | loop, loopw |
961 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest | 961 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest |
962 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc | 962 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc |
963 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support | 963 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support |
964 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands | 964 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands |
965 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support | 965 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support |
966 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support | 966 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support |
967 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | 967 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot |
968 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support | 968 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support |
969 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands | 969 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands |
970 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command | 970 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command |
971 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo | 971 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo |
972 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support | 972 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support |
973 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | 973 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network |
974 | host | 974 | host |
975 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O | 975 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O |
976 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition | 976 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition |
977 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump | 977 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump |
978 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable | 978 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable |
979 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features | 979 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features |
980 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump | 980 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump |
981 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support | 981 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support |
982 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information | 982 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information |
983 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | 983 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) |
984 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access | 984 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access |
985 | (4xx only) | 985 | (4xx only) |
986 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash | 986 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash |
987 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest | 987 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest |
988 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) | 988 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) |
989 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x | 989 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x |
990 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support | 990 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support |
991 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support | 991 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support |
992 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode | 992 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode |
993 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) | 993 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) |
994 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) | 994 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) |
995 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer | 995 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer |
996 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support | 996 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support |
997 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support | 997 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support |
998 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support | 998 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support |
999 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image | 999 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image |
1000 | 1000 | ||
1001 | 1001 | ||
1002 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | 1002 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network |
1003 | support you can write: | 1003 | support you can write: |
1004 | 1004 | ||
1005 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" | 1005 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" |
1006 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | 1006 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET |
1007 | 1007 | ||
1008 | Other Commands: | 1008 | Other Commands: |
1009 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 1009 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
1010 | 1010 | ||
1011 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | 1011 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands |
1012 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know | 1012 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know |
1013 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data | 1013 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data |
1014 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | 1014 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or |
1015 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | 1015 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be |
1016 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | 1016 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other |
1017 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | 1017 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an |
1018 | initial stack and some data. | 1018 | initial stack and some data. |
1019 | 1019 | ||
1020 | 1020 | ||
1021 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | 1021 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! |
1022 | 1022 | ||
1023 | - Regular expression support: | 1023 | - Regular expression support: |
1024 | CONFIG_REGEX | 1024 | CONFIG_REGEX |
1025 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | 1025 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against |
1026 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | 1026 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, |
1027 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | 1027 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for |
1028 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | 1028 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". |
1029 | 1029 | ||
1030 | - Device tree: | 1030 | - Device tree: |
1031 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 1031 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
1032 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | 1032 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree |
1033 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | 1033 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically |
1034 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | 1034 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is |
1035 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | 1035 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device |
1036 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | 1036 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. |
1037 | 1037 | ||
1038 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can | 1038 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can |
1039 | be done using one of the two options below: | 1039 | be done using one of the two options below: |
1040 | 1040 | ||
1041 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 1041 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
1042 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | 1042 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree |
1043 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | 1043 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the |
1044 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | 1044 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file |
1045 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | 1045 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through |
1046 | the global data structure as gd->blob. | 1046 | the global data structure as gd->blob. |
1047 | 1047 | ||
1048 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE | 1048 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE |
1049 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | 1049 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree |
1050 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | 1050 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific |
1051 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | 1051 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: |
1052 | 1052 | ||
1053 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | 1053 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin |
1054 | 1054 | ||
1055 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | 1055 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called |
1056 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | 1056 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can |
1057 | still use the individual files if you need something more | 1057 | still use the individual files if you need something more |
1058 | exotic. | 1058 | exotic. |
1059 | 1059 | ||
1060 | - Watchdog: | 1060 | - Watchdog: |
1061 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | 1061 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG |
1062 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | 1062 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog |
1063 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC | 1063 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC |
1064 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | 1064 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 |
1065 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | 1065 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR |
1066 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is | 1066 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is |
1067 | available, then no further board specific code should | 1067 | available, then no further board specific code should |
1068 | be needed to use it. | 1068 | be needed to use it. |
1069 | 1069 | ||
1070 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | 1070 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG |
1071 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | 1071 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used |
1072 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | 1072 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board |
1073 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | 1073 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. |
1074 | 1074 | ||
1075 | - U-Boot Version: | 1075 | - U-Boot Version: |
1076 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | 1076 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE |
1077 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | 1077 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable |
1078 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | 1078 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot |
1079 | version as printed by the "version" command. | 1079 | version as printed by the "version" command. |
1080 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the | 1080 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the |
1081 | next reset. | 1081 | next reset. |
1082 | 1082 | ||
1083 | - Real-Time Clock: | 1083 | - Real-Time Clock: |
1084 | 1084 | ||
1085 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC | 1085 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC |
1086 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the | 1086 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the |
1087 | following options: | 1087 | following options: |
1088 | 1088 | ||
1089 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx | 1089 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx |
1090 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC | 1090 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC |
1091 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC | 1091 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC |
1092 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC | 1092 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC |
1093 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC | 1093 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC |
1094 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC | 1094 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC |
1095 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC | 1095 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC |
1096 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC | 1096 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC |
1097 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC | 1097 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC |
1098 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC | 1098 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC |
1099 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 | 1099 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 |
1100 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on | 1100 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on |
1101 | RV3029 RTC. | 1101 | RV3029 RTC. |
1102 | 1102 | ||
1103 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1103 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1104 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1104 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1105 | 1105 | ||
1106 | - GPIO Support: | 1106 | - GPIO Support: |
1107 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | 1107 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO |
1108 | 1108 | ||
1109 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of | 1109 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of |
1110 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | 1110 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of |
1111 | pins supported by a particular chip. | 1111 | pins supported by a particular chip. |
1112 | 1112 | ||
1113 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1113 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1114 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1114 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1115 | 1115 | ||
1116 | - Timestamp Support: | 1116 | - Timestamp Support: |
1117 | 1117 | ||
1118 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp | 1118 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp |
1119 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | 1119 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image |
1120 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | 1120 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is |
1121 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . | 1121 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . |
1122 | 1122 | ||
1123 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: | 1123 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: |
1124 | Zero or more of the following: | 1124 | Zero or more of the following: |
1125 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. | 1125 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. |
1126 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | 1126 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the |
1127 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | 1127 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. |
1128 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | 1128 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. |
1129 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | 1129 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the |
1130 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see | 1130 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see |
1131 | disk/part_efi.c | 1131 | disk/part_efi.c |
1132 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. | 1132 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. |
1133 | 1133 | ||
1134 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or | 1134 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or |
1135 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | 1135 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at |
1136 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. | 1136 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. |
1137 | 1137 | ||
1138 | - IDE Reset method: | 1138 | - IDE Reset method: |
1139 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several | 1139 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several |
1140 | board configurations files but used nowhere! | 1140 | board configurations files but used nowhere! |
1141 | 1141 | ||
1142 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will | 1142 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will |
1143 | be performed by calling the function | 1143 | be performed by calling the function |
1144 | ide_set_reset(int reset) | 1144 | ide_set_reset(int reset) |
1145 | which has to be defined in a board specific file | 1145 | which has to be defined in a board specific file |
1146 | 1146 | ||
1147 | - ATAPI Support: | 1147 | - ATAPI Support: |
1148 | CONFIG_ATAPI | 1148 | CONFIG_ATAPI |
1149 | 1149 | ||
1150 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | 1150 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. |
1151 | 1151 | ||
1152 | - LBA48 Support | 1152 | - LBA48 Support |
1153 | CONFIG_LBA48 | 1153 | CONFIG_LBA48 |
1154 | 1154 | ||
1155 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | 1155 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB |
1156 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. | 1156 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. |
1157 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' | 1157 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' |
1158 | support disks up to 2.1TB. | 1158 | support disks up to 2.1TB. |
1159 | 1159 | ||
1160 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: | 1160 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: |
1161 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. | 1161 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. |
1162 | Default is 32bit. | 1162 | Default is 32bit. |
1163 | 1163 | ||
1164 | - SCSI Support: | 1164 | - SCSI Support: |
1165 | At the moment only there is only support for the | 1165 | At the moment only there is only support for the |
1166 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | 1166 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define |
1167 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | 1167 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. |
1168 | 1168 | ||
1169 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and | 1169 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and |
1170 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | 1170 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * |
1171 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | 1171 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the |
1172 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target | 1172 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target |
1173 | devices. | 1173 | devices. |
1174 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) | 1174 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) |
1175 | 1175 | ||
1176 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of | 1176 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of |
1177 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | 1177 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. |
1178 | 1178 | ||
1179 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): | 1179 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): |
1180 | CONFIG_E1000 | 1180 | CONFIG_E1000 |
1181 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. | 1181 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. |
1182 | 1182 | ||
1183 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | 1183 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI |
1184 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | 1184 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. |
1185 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | 1185 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one |
1186 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | 1186 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. |
1187 | 1187 | ||
1188 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | 1188 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC |
1189 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | 1189 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for |
1190 | example with the "sspi" command. | 1190 | example with the "sspi" command. |
1191 | 1191 | ||
1192 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | 1192 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 |
1193 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices | 1193 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices |
1194 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | 1194 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. |
1195 | 1195 | ||
1196 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC | 1196 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC |
1197 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. | 1197 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. |
1198 | 1198 | ||
1199 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 | 1199 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 |
1200 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | 1200 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. |
1201 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM | 1201 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM |
1202 | write routine for first time initialisation. | 1202 | write routine for first time initialisation. |
1203 | 1203 | ||
1204 | CONFIG_TULIP | 1204 | CONFIG_TULIP |
1205 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | 1205 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. |
1206 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | 1206 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific |
1207 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | 1207 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). |
1208 | 1208 | ||
1209 | CONFIG_NATSEMI | 1209 | CONFIG_NATSEMI |
1210 | Support for National dp83815 chips. | 1210 | Support for National dp83815 chips. |
1211 | 1211 | ||
1212 | CONFIG_NS8382X | 1212 | CONFIG_NS8382X |
1213 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | 1213 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. |
1214 | 1214 | ||
1215 | - NETWORK Support (other): | 1215 | - NETWORK Support (other): |
1216 | 1216 | ||
1217 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC | 1217 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC |
1218 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | 1218 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. |
1219 | 1219 | ||
1220 | CONFIG_RMII | 1220 | CONFIG_RMII |
1221 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | 1221 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface |
1222 | 1222 | ||
1223 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | 1223 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET |
1224 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | 1224 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. |
1225 | The driver doen't show link status messages. | 1225 | The driver doen't show link status messages. |
1226 | 1226 | ||
1227 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC | 1227 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC |
1228 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | 1228 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device |
1229 | 1229 | ||
1230 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 | 1230 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 |
1231 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. | 1231 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. |
1232 | 1232 | ||
1233 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | 1233 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE |
1234 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1234 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1235 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | 1235 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space |
1236 | 1236 | ||
1237 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | 1237 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT |
1238 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | 1238 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing |
1239 | 1239 | ||
1240 | CONFIG_SMC91111 | 1240 | CONFIG_SMC91111 |
1241 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip | 1241 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip |
1242 | 1242 | ||
1243 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | 1243 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE |
1244 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1244 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1245 | of the device (I/O space) | 1245 | of the device (I/O space) |
1246 | 1246 | ||
1247 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | 1247 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT |
1248 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1248 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1249 | 1249 | ||
1250 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | 1250 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS |
1251 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | 1251 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros |
1252 | (some hardware wont work with macros) | 1252 | (some hardware wont work with macros) |
1253 | 1253 | ||
1254 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC | 1254 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC |
1255 | Support for davinci emac | 1255 | Support for davinci emac |
1256 | 1256 | ||
1257 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | 1257 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT |
1258 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | 1258 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. |
1259 | 1259 | ||
1260 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 | 1260 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 |
1261 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | 1261 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet |
1262 | 1262 | ||
1263 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | 1263 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA |
1264 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | 1264 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. |
1265 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | 1265 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. |
1266 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | 1266 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur |
1267 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | 1267 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or |
1268 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | 1268 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit |
1269 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | 1269 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the |
1270 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | 1270 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. |
1271 | 1271 | ||
1272 | CONFIG_SMC911X | 1272 | CONFIG_SMC911X |
1273 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips | 1273 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips |
1274 | 1274 | ||
1275 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE | 1275 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE |
1276 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1276 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1277 | of the device (I/O space) | 1277 | of the device (I/O space) |
1278 | 1278 | ||
1279 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT | 1279 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT |
1280 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1280 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1281 | 1281 | ||
1282 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT | 1282 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT |
1283 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor | 1283 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor |
1284 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | 1284 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit |
1285 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. | 1285 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. |
1286 | 1286 | ||
1287 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER | 1287 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER |
1288 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | 1288 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller |
1289 | 1289 | ||
1290 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | 1290 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT |
1291 | Define the number of ports to be used | 1291 | Define the number of ports to be used |
1292 | 1292 | ||
1293 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | 1293 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR |
1294 | Define the ETH PHY's address | 1294 | Define the ETH PHY's address |
1295 | 1295 | ||
1296 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK | 1296 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK |
1297 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | 1297 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. |
1298 | 1298 | ||
1299 | - TPM Support: | 1299 | - TPM Support: |
1300 | CONFIG_TPM | 1300 | CONFIG_TPM |
1301 | Support TPM devices. | 1301 | Support TPM devices. |
1302 | 1302 | ||
1303 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C | 1303 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C |
1304 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | 1304 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device |
1305 | per system is supported at this time. | 1305 | per system is supported at this time. |
1306 | 1306 | ||
1307 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER | 1307 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER |
1308 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device | 1308 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device |
1309 | 1309 | ||
1310 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS | 1310 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS |
1311 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus | 1311 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus |
1312 | 1312 | ||
1313 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | 1313 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION |
1314 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | 1314 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit |
1315 | 1315 | ||
1316 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI | 1316 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI |
1317 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. | 1317 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. |
1318 | 1318 | ||
1319 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC | 1319 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC |
1320 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device | 1320 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device |
1321 | per system is supported at this time. | 1321 | per system is supported at this time. |
1322 | 1322 | ||
1323 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | 1323 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS |
1324 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | 1324 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped |
1325 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | 1325 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at |
1326 | 0xfed40000. | 1326 | 0xfed40000. |
1327 | 1327 | ||
1328 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM | 1328 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM |
1329 | Add tpm monitor functions. | 1329 | Add tpm monitor functions. |
1330 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also | 1330 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also |
1331 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. | 1331 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. |
1332 | 1332 | ||
1333 | CONFIG_TPM | 1333 | CONFIG_TPM |
1334 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides | 1334 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides |
1335 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. | 1335 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. |
1336 | Requires support for a TPM device. | 1336 | Requires support for a TPM device. |
1337 | 1337 | ||
1338 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS | 1338 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS |
1339 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. | 1339 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. |
1340 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. | 1340 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. |
1341 | 1341 | ||
1342 | - USB Support: | 1342 | - USB Support: |
1343 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | 1343 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is |
1344 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define | 1344 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define |
1345 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. | 1345 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. |
1346 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | 1346 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard |
1347 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB | 1347 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB |
1348 | storage devices. | 1348 | storage devices. |
1349 | Note: | 1349 | Note: |
1350 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | 1350 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives |
1351 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | 1351 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). |
1352 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: | 1352 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: |
1353 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | 1353 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK |
1354 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | 1354 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb |
1355 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB | 1355 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB |
1356 | for USB on PSC3 | 1356 | for USB on PSC3 |
1357 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG | 1357 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG |
1358 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | 1358 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 |
1359 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | 1359 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 |
1360 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 | 1360 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 |
1361 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | 1361 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 |
1362 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL | 1362 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL |
1363 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling | 1363 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling |
1364 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | 1364 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts |
1365 | 1365 | ||
1366 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the | 1366 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the |
1367 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | 1367 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. |
1368 | 1368 | ||
1369 | CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum | 1369 | CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum |
1370 | interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) | 1370 | interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) |
1371 | 1371 | ||
1372 | - USB Device: | 1372 | - USB Device: |
1373 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | 1373 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. |
1374 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | 1374 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the |
1375 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | 1375 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and |
1376 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print | 1376 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print |
1377 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty | 1377 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty |
1378 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | 1378 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to |
1379 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a | 1379 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a |
1380 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. | 1380 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. |
1381 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | 1381 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate |
1382 | a Linux host by | 1382 | a Linux host by |
1383 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | 1383 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID |
1384 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | 1384 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment |
1385 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | 1385 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following |
1386 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | 1386 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h |
1387 | 1387 | ||
1388 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE | 1388 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE |
1389 | Define this to build a UDC device | 1389 | Define this to build a UDC device |
1390 | 1390 | ||
1391 | CONFIG_USB_TTY | 1391 | CONFIG_USB_TTY |
1392 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | 1392 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to |
1393 | talk to the UDC device | 1393 | talk to the UDC device |
1394 | 1394 | ||
1395 | CONFIG_USBD_HS | 1395 | CONFIG_USBD_HS |
1396 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | 1396 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb |
1397 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | 1397 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine |
1398 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | 1398 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) |
1399 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | 1399 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll |
1400 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | 1400 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full |
1401 | speed. | 1401 | speed. |
1402 | 1402 | ||
1403 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 1403 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
1404 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to | 1404 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to |
1405 | be set to usbtty. | 1405 | be set to usbtty. |
1406 | 1406 | ||
1407 | mpc8xx: | 1407 | mpc8xx: |
1408 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH | 1408 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH |
1409 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" | 1409 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" |
1410 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 | 1410 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 |
1411 | 1411 | ||
1412 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH | 1412 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH |
1413 | Derive USB clock from brgclk | 1413 | Derive USB clock from brgclk |
1414 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 | 1414 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 |
1415 | 1415 | ||
1416 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to | 1416 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to |
1417 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h | 1417 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h |
1418 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define | 1418 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define |
1419 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, | 1419 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, |
1420 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | 1420 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot |
1421 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | 1421 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. |
1422 | 1422 | ||
1423 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | 1423 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER |
1424 | Define this string as the name of your company for | 1424 | Define this string as the name of your company for |
1425 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | 1425 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" |
1426 | 1426 | ||
1427 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME | 1427 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME |
1428 | Define this string as the name of your product | 1428 | Define this string as the name of your product |
1429 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | 1429 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" |
1430 | 1430 | ||
1431 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | 1431 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID |
1432 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | 1432 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB |
1433 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | 1433 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID |
1434 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | 1434 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. |
1435 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | 1435 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF |
1436 | 1436 | ||
1437 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID | 1437 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID |
1438 | Define this as the unique Product ID | 1438 | Define this as the unique Product ID |
1439 | for your device | 1439 | for your device |
1440 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | 1440 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF |
1441 | 1441 | ||
1442 | Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. | 1442 | Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. |
1443 | In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: | 1443 | In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: |
1444 | CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK | 1444 | CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK |
1445 | This enables function definition: | 1445 | This enables function definition: |
1446 | - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h | 1446 | - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h |
1447 | Implementation of this function is board-specific. | 1447 | Implementation of this function is board-specific. |
1448 | 1448 | ||
1449 | - ULPI Layer Support: | 1449 | - ULPI Layer Support: |
1450 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | 1450 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via |
1451 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | 1451 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY |
1452 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | 1452 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and |
1453 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | 1453 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based |
1454 | viewport is supported. | 1454 | viewport is supported. |
1455 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | 1455 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and |
1456 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | 1456 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. |
1457 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the | 1457 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the |
1458 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | 1458 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to |
1459 | the appropriate value in Hz. | 1459 | the appropriate value in Hz. |
1460 | 1460 | ||
1461 | - MMC Support: | 1461 | - MMC Support: |
1462 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To | 1462 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To |
1463 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | 1463 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be |
1464 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | 1464 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device |
1465 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is | 1465 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is |
1466 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with | 1466 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with |
1467 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | 1467 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. |
1468 | 1468 | ||
1469 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF | 1469 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF |
1470 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | 1470 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller |
1471 | 1471 | ||
1472 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | 1472 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR |
1473 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | 1473 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers |
1474 | 1474 | ||
1475 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | 1475 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK |
1476 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | 1476 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF |
1477 | 1477 | ||
1478 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: | 1478 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: |
1479 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION | 1479 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION |
1480 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | 1480 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class |
1481 | 1481 | ||
1482 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | 1482 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU |
1483 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | 1483 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have |
1484 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command | 1484 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command |
1485 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | 1485 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be |
1486 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | 1486 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. |
1487 | 1487 | ||
1488 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | 1488 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC |
1489 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | 1489 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. |
1490 | 1490 | ||
1491 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND | 1491 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND |
1492 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | 1492 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. |
1493 | 1493 | ||
1494 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM | 1494 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM |
1495 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. | 1495 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. |
1496 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but | 1496 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but |
1497 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, | 1497 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, |
1498 | one that would help mostly the developer. | 1498 | one that would help mostly the developer. |
1499 | 1499 | ||
1500 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE | 1500 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE |
1501 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the | 1501 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the |
1502 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer | 1502 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer |
1503 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable | 1503 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable |
1504 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. | 1504 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. |
1505 | 1505 | ||
1506 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE | 1506 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE |
1507 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | 1507 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, |
1508 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | 1508 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write |
1509 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define | 1509 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define |
1510 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | 1510 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. |
1511 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | 1511 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. |
1512 | 1512 | ||
1513 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: | 1513 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: |
1514 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | 1514 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, |
1515 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | 1515 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV |
1516 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | 1516 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device |
1517 | 1517 | ||
1518 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, | 1518 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, |
1519 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | 1519 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS |
1520 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device | 1520 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device |
1521 | 1521 | ||
1522 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART | 1522 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART |
1523 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a | 1523 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a |
1524 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | 1524 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) |
1525 | 1525 | ||
1526 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | 1526 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to |
1527 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 | 1527 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 |
1528 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you | 1528 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you |
1529 | have not defined a custom partition | 1529 | have not defined a custom partition |
1530 | 1530 | ||
1531 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: | 1531 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: |
1532 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | 1532 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE |
1533 | 1533 | ||
1534 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | 1534 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a |
1535 | file in FAT formatted partition. | 1535 | file in FAT formatted partition. |
1536 | 1536 | ||
1537 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | 1537 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the |
1538 | user to write files to FAT. | 1538 | user to write files to FAT. |
1539 | 1539 | ||
1540 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support | 1540 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support |
1541 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | 1541 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS |
1542 | 1542 | ||
1543 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | 1543 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot |
1544 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | 1544 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls |
1545 | and cbfsload. | 1545 | and cbfsload. |
1546 | 1546 | ||
1547 | - Keyboard Support: | 1547 | - Keyboard Support: |
1548 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD | 1548 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD |
1549 | 1549 | ||
1550 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard | 1550 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard |
1551 | support | 1551 | support |
1552 | 1552 | ||
1553 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD | 1553 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD |
1554 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and | 1554 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and |
1555 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. | 1555 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. |
1556 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc | 1556 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc |
1557 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. | 1557 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. |
1558 | 1558 | ||
1559 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB | 1559 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB |
1560 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. | 1560 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. |
1561 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller | 1561 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller |
1562 | which provides key scans on request. | 1562 | which provides key scans on request. |
1563 | 1563 | ||
1564 | - Video support: | 1564 | - Video support: |
1565 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1565 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1566 | 1566 | ||
1567 | Define this to enable video support (for output to | 1567 | Define this to enable video support (for output to |
1568 | video). | 1568 | video). |
1569 | 1569 | ||
1570 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | 1570 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 |
1571 | 1571 | ||
1572 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | 1572 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip |
1573 | 1573 | ||
1574 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | 1574 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM |
1575 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The | 1575 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The |
1576 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' | 1576 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' |
1577 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | 1577 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is |
1578 | assumed. | 1578 | assumed. |
1579 | 1579 | ||
1580 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is | 1580 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is |
1581 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways | 1581 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways |
1582 | are possible: | 1582 | are possible: |
1583 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | 1583 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. |
1584 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): | 1584 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): |
1585 | 1585 | ||
1586 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | 1586 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 |
1587 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1587 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1588 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 | 1588 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 |
1589 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 | 1589 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 |
1590 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A | 1590 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A |
1591 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B | 1591 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B |
1592 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1592 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1593 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) | 1593 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) |
1594 | 1594 | ||
1595 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed | 1595 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed |
1596 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) | 1596 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) |
1597 | 1597 | ||
1598 | 1598 | ||
1599 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 | 1599 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 |
1600 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp | 1600 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp |
1601 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP | 1601 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP |
1602 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | 1602 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP |
1603 | 1603 | ||
1604 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB | 1604 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB |
1605 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for | 1605 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for |
1606 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU | 1606 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU |
1607 | support, and should also define these other macros: | 1607 | support, and should also define these other macros: |
1608 | 1608 | ||
1609 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | 1609 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR |
1610 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1610 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1611 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | 1611 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP |
1612 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 1612 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
1613 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | 1613 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR |
1614 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | 1614 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE |
1615 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 1615 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
1616 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | 1616 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO |
1617 | 1617 | ||
1618 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment | 1618 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment |
1619 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | 1619 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during |
1620 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a | 1620 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a |
1621 | description of this variable. | 1621 | description of this variable. |
1622 | 1622 | ||
1623 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA | 1623 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA |
1624 | 1624 | ||
1625 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you | 1625 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you |
1626 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer | 1626 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer |
1627 | driver. | 1627 | driver. |
1628 | 1628 | ||
1629 | 1629 | ||
1630 | - Keyboard Support: | 1630 | - Keyboard Support: |
1631 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD | 1631 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD |
1632 | 1632 | ||
1633 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. | 1633 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. |
1634 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | 1634 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be |
1635 | defined in your board-specific files. | 1635 | defined in your board-specific files. |
1636 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. | 1636 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. |
1637 | 1637 | ||
1638 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD | 1638 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD |
1639 | 1639 | ||
1640 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | 1640 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD |
1641 | display); also select one of the supported displays | 1641 | display); also select one of the supported displays |
1642 | by defining one of these: | 1642 | by defining one of these: |
1643 | 1643 | ||
1644 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: | 1644 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: |
1645 | 1645 | ||
1646 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | 1646 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. |
1647 | 1647 | ||
1648 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: | 1648 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: |
1649 | 1649 | ||
1650 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. | 1650 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. |
1651 | 1651 | ||
1652 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 | 1652 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 |
1653 | 1653 | ||
1654 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. | 1654 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. |
1655 | Active, color, single scan. | 1655 | Active, color, single scan. |
1656 | 1656 | ||
1657 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | 1657 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 |
1658 | 1658 | ||
1659 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | 1659 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. |
1660 | Active, color, single scan. | 1660 | Active, color, single scan. |
1661 | 1661 | ||
1662 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | 1662 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 |
1663 | 1663 | ||
1664 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | 1664 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. |
1665 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | 1665 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. |
1666 | 1666 | ||
1667 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | 1667 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 |
1668 | 1668 | ||
1669 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | 1669 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. |
1670 | Active, color, single scan. | 1670 | Active, color, single scan. |
1671 | 1671 | ||
1672 | CONFIG_HLD1045 | 1672 | CONFIG_HLD1045 |
1673 | 1673 | ||
1674 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | 1674 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. |
1675 | Active, color, single scan. | 1675 | Active, color, single scan. |
1676 | 1676 | ||
1677 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | 1677 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW |
1678 | 1678 | ||
1679 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | 1679 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 |
1680 | or | 1680 | or |
1681 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T | 1681 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T |
1682 | or | 1682 | or |
1683 | Hitachi SP14Q002 | 1683 | Hitachi SP14Q002 |
1684 | 1684 | ||
1685 | 320x240. Black & white. | 1685 | 320x240. Black & white. |
1686 | 1686 | ||
1687 | Normally display is black on white background; define | 1687 | Normally display is black on white background; define |
1688 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. | 1688 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. |
1689 | 1689 | ||
1690 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT | 1690 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT |
1691 | 1691 | ||
1692 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is | 1692 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is |
1693 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | 1693 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. |
1694 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | 1694 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE |
1695 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | 1695 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on |
1696 | a per-section basis. | 1696 | a per-section basis. |
1697 | 1697 | ||
1698 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES | 1698 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES |
1699 | 1699 | ||
1700 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | 1700 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of |
1701 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | 1701 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes |
1702 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | 1702 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling |
1703 | is slow. | 1703 | is slow. |
1704 | 1704 | ||
1705 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 | 1705 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 |
1706 | 1706 | ||
1707 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | 1707 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. |
1708 | 1708 | ||
1709 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID | 1709 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID |
1710 | 1710 | ||
1711 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | 1711 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID |
1712 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | 1712 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. |
1713 | 1713 | ||
1714 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN | 1714 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN |
1715 | 1715 | ||
1716 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for | 1716 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for |
1717 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | 1717 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display |
1718 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | 1718 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD |
1719 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address | 1719 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address |
1720 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The | 1720 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The |
1721 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | 1721 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This |
1722 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | 1722 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is |
1723 | loaded very quickly after power-on. | 1723 | loaded very quickly after power-on. |
1724 | 1724 | ||
1725 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD | 1725 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD |
1726 | 1726 | ||
1727 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | 1727 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment |
1728 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | 1728 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address |
1729 | (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). | 1729 | (see README.displaying-bmps). |
1730 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | 1730 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment |
1731 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | 1731 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data |
1732 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | 1732 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned |
1733 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | 1733 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) |
1734 | there is no need to set this option. | 1734 | there is no need to set this option. |
1735 | 1735 | ||
1736 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN | 1736 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN |
1737 | 1737 | ||
1738 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | 1738 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned |
1739 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | 1739 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the |
1740 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | 1740 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as |
1741 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | 1741 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it |
1742 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | 1742 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also |
1743 | specify 'm' for centering the image. | 1743 | specify 'm' for centering the image. |
1744 | 1744 | ||
1745 | Example: | 1745 | Example: |
1746 | setenv splashpos m,m | 1746 | setenv splashpos m,m |
1747 | => image at center of screen | 1747 | => image at center of screen |
1748 | 1748 | ||
1749 | setenv splashpos 30,20 | 1749 | setenv splashpos 30,20 |
1750 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | 1750 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 |
1751 | 1751 | ||
1752 | setenv splashpos -10,m | 1752 | setenv splashpos -10,m |
1753 | => vertically centered image | 1753 | => vertically centered image |
1754 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | 1754 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 |
1755 | 1755 | ||
1756 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP | 1756 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP |
1757 | 1757 | ||
1758 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | 1758 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP |
1759 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | 1759 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the |
1760 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | 1760 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. |
1761 | 1761 | ||
1762 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 | 1762 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 |
1763 | 1763 | ||
1764 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | 1764 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images |
1765 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | 1765 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the |
1766 | bmp command. | 1766 | bmp command. |
1767 | 1767 | ||
1768 | - Do compresssing for memory range: | 1768 | - Do compresssing for memory range: |
1769 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | 1769 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP |
1770 | 1770 | ||
1771 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | 1771 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method |
1772 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | 1772 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. |
1773 | 1773 | ||
1774 | - Compression support: | 1774 | - Compression support: |
1775 | CONFIG_GZIP | 1775 | CONFIG_GZIP |
1776 | 1776 | ||
1777 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. | 1777 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. |
1778 | 1778 | ||
1779 | CONFIG_BZIP2 | 1779 | CONFIG_BZIP2 |
1780 | 1780 | ||
1781 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | 1781 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed |
1782 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | 1782 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip |
1783 | compressed images are supported. | 1783 | compressed images are supported. |
1784 | 1784 | ||
1785 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so | 1785 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so |
1786 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should | 1786 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should |
1787 | be at least 4MB. | 1787 | be at least 4MB. |
1788 | 1788 | ||
1789 | CONFIG_LZMA | 1789 | CONFIG_LZMA |
1790 | 1790 | ||
1791 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | 1791 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed |
1792 | images is included. | 1792 | images is included. |
1793 | 1793 | ||
1794 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | 1794 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it |
1795 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | 1795 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the |
1796 | formula: | 1796 | formula: |
1797 | 1797 | ||
1798 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | 1798 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) |
1799 | 1799 | ||
1800 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | 1800 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits |
1801 | and Literal pos bits. | 1801 | and Literal pos bits. |
1802 | 1802 | ||
1803 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | 1803 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, |
1804 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | 1804 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a |
1805 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | 1805 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is |
1806 | a very small buffer. | 1806 | a very small buffer. |
1807 | 1807 | ||
1808 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | 1808 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and |
1809 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | 1809 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring |
1810 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). | 1810 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). |
1811 | 1811 | ||
1812 | CONFIG_LZO | 1812 | CONFIG_LZO |
1813 | 1813 | ||
1814 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images | 1814 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images |
1815 | is included. | 1815 | is included. |
1816 | 1816 | ||
1817 | - MII/PHY support: | 1817 | - MII/PHY support: |
1818 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | 1818 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR |
1819 | 1819 | ||
1820 | The address of PHY on MII bus. | 1820 | The address of PHY on MII bus. |
1821 | 1821 | ||
1822 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | 1822 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) |
1823 | 1823 | ||
1824 | The clock frequency of the MII bus | 1824 | The clock frequency of the MII bus |
1825 | 1825 | ||
1826 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | 1826 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE |
1827 | 1827 | ||
1828 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | 1828 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex |
1829 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. | 1829 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. |
1830 | 1830 | ||
1831 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | 1831 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY |
1832 | 1832 | ||
1833 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1833 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1834 | reset before any MII register access is possible. | 1834 | reset before any MII register access is possible. |
1835 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | 1835 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay |
1836 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | 1836 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) |
1837 | 1837 | ||
1838 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | 1838 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) |
1839 | 1839 | ||
1840 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1840 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1841 | command issued before MII status register can be read | 1841 | command issued before MII status register can be read |
1842 | 1842 | ||
1843 | - Ethernet address: | 1843 | - Ethernet address: |
1844 | CONFIG_ETHADDR | 1844 | CONFIG_ETHADDR |
1845 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR | 1845 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR |
1846 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR | 1846 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR |
1847 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR | 1847 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR |
1848 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR | 1848 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR |
1849 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR | 1849 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR |
1850 | 1850 | ||
1851 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use | 1851 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use |
1852 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this | 1852 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this |
1853 | is not determined automatically. | 1853 | is not determined automatically. |
1854 | 1854 | ||
1855 | - IP address: | 1855 | - IP address: |
1856 | CONFIG_IPADDR | 1856 | CONFIG_IPADDR |
1857 | 1857 | ||
1858 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | 1858 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for |
1859 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not | 1859 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not |
1860 | determined through e.g. bootp. | 1860 | determined through e.g. bootp. |
1861 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") | 1861 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") |
1862 | 1862 | ||
1863 | - Server IP address: | 1863 | - Server IP address: |
1864 | CONFIG_SERVERIP | 1864 | CONFIG_SERVERIP |
1865 | 1865 | ||
1866 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP | 1866 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP |
1867 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. | 1867 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. |
1868 | (Environment variable "serverip") | 1868 | (Environment variable "serverip") |
1869 | 1869 | ||
1870 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR | 1870 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR |
1871 | 1871 | ||
1872 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | 1872 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' |
1873 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | 1873 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) |
1874 | 1874 | ||
1875 | - Gateway IP address: | 1875 | - Gateway IP address: |
1876 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | 1876 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP |
1877 | 1877 | ||
1878 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | 1878 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the |
1879 | default router where packets to other networks are | 1879 | default router where packets to other networks are |
1880 | sent to. | 1880 | sent to. |
1881 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | 1881 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") |
1882 | 1882 | ||
1883 | - Subnet mask: | 1883 | - Subnet mask: |
1884 | CONFIG_NETMASK | 1884 | CONFIG_NETMASK |
1885 | 1885 | ||
1886 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | 1886 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or |
1887 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | 1887 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP |
1888 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | 1888 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be |
1889 | forwarded through a router. | 1889 | forwarded through a router. |
1890 | (Environment variable "netmask") | 1890 | (Environment variable "netmask") |
1891 | 1891 | ||
1892 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: | 1892 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: |
1893 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | 1893 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP |
1894 | 1894 | ||
1895 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | 1895 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per |
1896 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets | 1896 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets |
1897 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet | 1897 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet |
1898 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a | 1898 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a |
1899 | multicast group. | 1899 | multicast group. |
1900 | 1900 | ||
1901 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: | 1901 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: |
1902 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | 1902 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY |
1903 | 1903 | ||
1904 | If you have many targets in a network that try to | 1904 | If you have many targets in a network that try to |
1905 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | 1905 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all |
1906 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | 1906 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same |
1907 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | 1907 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery |
1908 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | 1908 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to |
1909 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | 1909 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining |
1910 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | 1910 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be |
1911 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | 1911 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The |
1912 | following delays are inserted then: | 1912 | following delays are inserted then: |
1913 | 1913 | ||
1914 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec | 1914 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec |
1915 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec | 1915 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec |
1916 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec | 1916 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec |
1917 | 4th and following | 1917 | 4th and following |
1918 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec | 1918 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec |
1919 | 1919 | ||
1920 | - DHCP Advanced Options: | 1920 | - DHCP Advanced Options: |
1921 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining | 1921 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining |
1922 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | 1922 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: |
1923 | 1923 | ||
1924 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | 1924 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK |
1925 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | 1925 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY |
1926 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | 1926 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME |
1927 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | 1927 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN |
1928 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | 1928 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH |
1929 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | 1929 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE |
1930 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 1930 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
1931 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | 1931 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 |
1932 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | 1932 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME |
1933 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | 1933 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER |
1934 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | 1934 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET |
1935 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | 1935 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX |
1936 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL | 1936 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL |
1937 | 1937 | ||
1938 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip | 1938 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip |
1939 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | 1939 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. |
1940 | 1940 | ||
1941 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found | 1941 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found |
1942 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | 1942 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail |
1943 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over | 1943 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over |
1944 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | 1944 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server |
1945 | is not available. | 1945 | is not available. |
1946 | 1946 | ||
1947 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS | 1947 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS |
1948 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | 1948 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more |
1949 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | 1949 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. |
1950 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | 1950 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS |
1951 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | 1951 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment |
1952 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | 1952 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always |
1953 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 1953 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
1954 | is defined. | 1954 | is defined. |
1955 | 1955 | ||
1956 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | 1956 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable |
1957 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | 1957 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they |
1958 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | 1958 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. |
1959 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content | 1959 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content |
1960 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as | 1960 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as |
1961 | option 12 to the DHCP server. | 1961 | option 12 to the DHCP server. |
1962 | 1962 | ||
1963 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY | 1963 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY |
1964 | 1964 | ||
1965 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | 1965 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between |
1966 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | 1966 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". |
1967 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | 1967 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't |
1968 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | 1968 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an |
1969 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | 1969 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed |
1970 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | 1970 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 |
1971 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | 1971 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at |
1972 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | 1972 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope |
1973 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | 1973 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that |
1974 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | 1974 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than |
1975 | this delay. | 1975 | this delay. |
1976 | 1976 | ||
1977 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: | 1977 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: |
1978 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | 1978 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network |
1979 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | 1979 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. |
1980 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | 1980 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed |
1981 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | 1981 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. |
1982 | 1982 | ||
1983 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | 1983 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. |
1984 | 1984 | ||
1985 | - CDP Options: | 1985 | - CDP Options: |
1986 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID | 1986 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID |
1987 | 1987 | ||
1988 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | 1988 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. |
1989 | 1989 | ||
1990 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | 1990 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX |
1991 | 1991 | ||
1992 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | 1992 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address |
1993 | of the device. | 1993 | of the device. |
1994 | 1994 | ||
1995 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | 1995 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID |
1996 | 1996 | ||
1997 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | 1997 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of |
1998 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | 1998 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets |
1999 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. | 1999 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. |
2000 | 2000 | ||
2001 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | 2001 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES |
2002 | 2002 | ||
2003 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | 2003 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; |
2004 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | 2004 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. |
2005 | 2005 | ||
2006 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | 2006 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION |
2007 | 2007 | ||
2008 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | 2008 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. |
2009 | 2009 | ||
2010 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | 2010 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM |
2011 | 2011 | ||
2012 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | 2012 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. |
2013 | 2013 | ||
2014 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | 2014 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER |
2015 | 2015 | ||
2016 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | 2016 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. |
2017 | 2017 | ||
2018 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | 2018 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
2019 | 2019 | ||
2020 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | 2020 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the |
2021 | device in .1 of milliwatts. | 2021 | device in .1 of milliwatts. |
2022 | 2022 | ||
2023 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | 2023 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE |
2024 | 2024 | ||
2025 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | 2025 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. |
2026 | 2026 | ||
2027 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED | 2027 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED |
2028 | 2028 | ||
2029 | Several configurations allow to display the current | 2029 | Several configurations allow to display the current |
2030 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | 2030 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink |
2031 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | 2031 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as |
2032 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | 2032 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and |
2033 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | 2033 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running |
2034 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | 2034 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux |
2035 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | 2035 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this |
2036 | feature in U-Boot. | 2036 | feature in U-Boot. |
2037 | 2037 | ||
2038 | Additional options: | 2038 | Additional options: |
2039 | 2039 | ||
2040 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2040 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2041 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. | 2041 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. |
2042 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a | 2042 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a |
2043 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2043 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2044 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. | 2044 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. |
2045 | 2045 | ||
2046 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE | 2046 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE |
2047 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which | 2047 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which |
2048 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and | 2048 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and |
2049 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. | 2049 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. |
2050 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined | 2050 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined |
2051 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. | 2051 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. |
2052 | 2052 | ||
2053 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | 2053 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER |
2054 | 2054 | ||
2055 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | 2055 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support |
2056 | on those systems that support this (optional) | 2056 | on those systems that support this (optional) |
2057 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | 2057 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. |
2058 | 2058 | ||
2059 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 2059 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C |
2060 | 2060 | ||
2061 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use | 2061 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use |
2062 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set | 2062 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set |
2063 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c | 2063 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c |
2064 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See | 2064 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See |
2065 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line | 2065 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line |
2066 | interface. | 2066 | interface. |
2067 | 2067 | ||
2068 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: | 2068 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: |
2069 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: | 2069 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: |
2070 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define | 2070 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define |
2071 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE | 2071 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE |
2072 | for defining speed and slave address | 2072 | for defining speed and slave address |
2073 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define | 2073 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define |
2074 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 | 2074 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 |
2075 | for defining speed and slave address | 2075 | for defining speed and slave address |
2076 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define | 2076 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define |
2077 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 | 2077 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 |
2078 | for defining speed and slave address | 2078 | for defining speed and slave address |
2079 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define | 2079 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define |
2080 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 | 2080 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 |
2081 | for defining speed and slave address | 2081 | for defining speed and slave address |
2082 | 2082 | ||
2083 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: | 2083 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: |
2084 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL | 2084 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL |
2085 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register | 2085 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register |
2086 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and | 2086 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and |
2087 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first | 2087 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first |
2088 | bus. | 2088 | bus. |
2089 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define | 2089 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define |
2090 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset | 2090 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset |
2091 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and | 2091 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and |
2092 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the | 2092 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the |
2093 | second bus. | 2093 | second bus. |
2094 | 2094 | ||
2095 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: | 2095 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: |
2096 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA | 2096 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA |
2097 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from | 2097 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from |
2098 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2098 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2099 | 2099 | ||
2100 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c | 2100 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c |
2101 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX | 2101 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX |
2102 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 2102 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 |
2103 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 2103 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 |
2104 | 2104 | ||
2105 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c | 2105 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c |
2106 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC | 2106 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC |
2107 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED | 2107 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED |
2108 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE | 2108 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE |
2109 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED | 2109 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED |
2110 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE | 2110 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE |
2111 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED | 2111 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED |
2112 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE | 2112 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE |
2113 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 | 2113 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 |
2114 | for speed, and 0 for slave. | 2114 | for speed, and 0 for slave. |
2115 | 2115 | ||
2116 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: | 2116 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: |
2117 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR | 2117 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR |
2118 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses | 2118 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses |
2119 | 2119 | ||
2120 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 | 2120 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 |
2121 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 | 2121 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 |
2122 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 | 2122 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 |
2123 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 | 2123 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 |
2124 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 | 2124 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 |
2125 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 | 2125 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 |
2126 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 | 2126 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 |
2127 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 | 2127 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 |
2128 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 2128 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses |
2129 | 2129 | ||
2130 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: | 2130 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: |
2131 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH | 2131 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH |
2132 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses | 2132 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses |
2133 | 2133 | ||
2134 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 | 2134 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 |
2135 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 | 2135 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 |
2136 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 | 2136 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 |
2137 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 | 2137 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 |
2138 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 | 2138 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 |
2139 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 | 2139 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 |
2140 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 | 2140 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 |
2141 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 | 2141 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 |
2142 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 | 2142 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 |
2143 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 | 2143 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 |
2144 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 | 2144 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 |
2145 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 | 2145 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 |
2146 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses | 2146 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses |
2147 | 2147 | ||
2148 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c | 2148 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c |
2149 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX | 2149 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX |
2150 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 | 2150 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 |
2151 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 | 2151 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 |
2152 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 | 2152 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 |
2153 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 | 2153 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 |
2154 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 | 2154 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 |
2155 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 | 2155 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 |
2156 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 | 2156 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 |
2157 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 | 2157 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 |
2158 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 | 2158 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 |
2159 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 | 2159 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 |
2160 | 2160 | ||
2161 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c | 2161 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c |
2162 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ | 2162 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ |
2163 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting | 2163 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting |
2164 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr | 2164 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr |
2165 | 2165 | ||
2166 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: | 2166 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: |
2167 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 | 2167 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 |
2168 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 | 2168 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 |
2169 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) | 2169 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) |
2170 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2170 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2171 | 2171 | ||
2172 | additional defines: | 2172 | additional defines: |
2173 | 2173 | ||
2174 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES | 2174 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES |
2175 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you | 2175 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you |
2176 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this | 2176 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this |
2177 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can | 2177 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can |
2178 | omit this define. | 2178 | omit this define. |
2179 | 2179 | ||
2180 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS | 2180 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS |
2181 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. | 2181 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. |
2182 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can | 2182 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can |
2183 | omit this define. | 2183 | omit this define. |
2184 | 2184 | ||
2185 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS | 2185 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS |
2186 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected | 2186 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected |
2187 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this | 2187 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this |
2188 | define. | 2188 | define. |
2189 | 2189 | ||
2190 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES | 2190 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES |
2191 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if | 2191 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if |
2192 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example | 2192 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example |
2193 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and | 2193 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and |
2194 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: | 2194 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: |
2195 | 2195 | ||
2196 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2196 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2197 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ | 2197 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ |
2198 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ | 2198 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ |
2199 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ | 2199 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ |
2200 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ | 2200 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ |
2201 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ | 2201 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ |
2202 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2202 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2203 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ | 2203 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ |
2204 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ | 2204 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ |
2205 | } | 2205 | } |
2206 | 2206 | ||
2207 | which defines | 2207 | which defines |
2208 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux | 2208 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux |
2209 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 | 2209 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 |
2210 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 | 2210 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 |
2211 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 | 2211 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 |
2212 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 | 2212 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 |
2213 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 | 2213 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 |
2214 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux | 2214 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux |
2215 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 | 2215 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 |
2216 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 | 2216 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 |
2217 | 2217 | ||
2218 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. | 2218 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. |
2219 | 2219 | ||
2220 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | 2220 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C |
2221 | 2221 | ||
2222 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which | 2222 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which |
2223 | provides the following compelling advantages: | 2223 | provides the following compelling advantages: |
2224 | 2224 | ||
2225 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable | 2225 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable |
2226 | - approved multibus support | 2226 | - approved multibus support |
2227 | - better i2c mux support | 2227 | - better i2c mux support |
2228 | 2228 | ||
2229 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** | 2229 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** |
2230 | 2230 | ||
2231 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining | 2231 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining |
2232 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver | 2232 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver |
2233 | for the selected CPU. | 2233 | for the selected CPU. |
2234 | 2234 | ||
2235 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot | 2235 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot |
2236 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in | 2236 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in |
2237 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime | 2237 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime |
2238 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | 2238 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the |
2239 | command line interface. | 2239 | command line interface. |
2240 | 2240 | ||
2241 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. | 2241 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. |
2242 | 2242 | ||
2243 | There are several other quantities that must also be | 2243 | There are several other quantities that must also be |
2244 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2244 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2245 | 2245 | ||
2246 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED | 2246 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED |
2247 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus | 2247 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus |
2248 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie | 2248 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie |
2249 | the CPU's i2c node address). | 2249 | the CPU's i2c node address). |
2250 | 2250 | ||
2251 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx | 2251 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx |
2252 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node | 2252 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node |
2253 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, | 2253 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, |
2254 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | 2254 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set |
2255 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | 2255 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. |
2256 | 2256 | ||
2257 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX | 2257 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX |
2258 | 2258 | ||
2259 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2259 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2260 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2260 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2261 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start | 2261 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start |
2262 | commands until the slave device responds. | 2262 | commands until the slave device responds. |
2263 | 2263 | ||
2264 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2264 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2265 | 2265 | ||
2266 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) | 2266 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) |
2267 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | 2267 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are |
2268 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | 2268 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): |
2269 | 2269 | ||
2270 | I2C_INIT | 2270 | I2C_INIT |
2271 | 2271 | ||
2272 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C | 2272 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C |
2273 | controller or configure ports. | 2273 | controller or configure ports. |
2274 | 2274 | ||
2275 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) | 2275 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) |
2276 | 2276 | ||
2277 | I2C_PORT | 2277 | I2C_PORT |
2278 | 2278 | ||
2279 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code | 2279 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code |
2280 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | 2280 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values |
2281 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | 2281 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. |
2282 | 2282 | ||
2283 | I2C_ACTIVE | 2283 | I2C_ACTIVE |
2284 | 2284 | ||
2285 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | 2285 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active |
2286 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this | 2286 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this |
2287 | define can be null. | 2287 | define can be null. |
2288 | 2288 | ||
2289 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) | 2289 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) |
2290 | 2290 | ||
2291 | I2C_TRISTATE | 2291 | I2C_TRISTATE |
2292 | 2292 | ||
2293 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | 2293 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated |
2294 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this | 2294 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this |
2295 | define can be null. | 2295 | define can be null. |
2296 | 2296 | ||
2297 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) | 2297 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) |
2298 | 2298 | ||
2299 | I2C_READ | 2299 | I2C_READ |
2300 | 2300 | ||
2301 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, | 2301 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, |
2302 | false if it is low. | 2302 | false if it is low. |
2303 | 2303 | ||
2304 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) | 2304 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) |
2305 | 2305 | ||
2306 | I2C_SDA(bit) | 2306 | I2C_SDA(bit) |
2307 | 2307 | ||
2308 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it | 2308 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it |
2309 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2309 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2310 | 2310 | ||
2311 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ | 2311 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ |
2312 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ | 2312 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ |
2313 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA | 2313 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA |
2314 | 2314 | ||
2315 | I2C_SCL(bit) | 2315 | I2C_SCL(bit) |
2316 | 2316 | ||
2317 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it | 2317 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it |
2318 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2318 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2319 | 2319 | ||
2320 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ | 2320 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ |
2321 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ | 2321 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ |
2322 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL | 2322 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL |
2323 | 2323 | ||
2324 | I2C_DELAY | 2324 | I2C_DELAY |
2325 | 2325 | ||
2326 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | 2326 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this |
2327 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus | 2327 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus |
2328 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something | 2328 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something |
2329 | like: | 2329 | like: |
2330 | 2330 | ||
2331 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) | 2331 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) |
2332 | 2332 | ||
2333 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA | 2333 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA |
2334 | 2334 | ||
2335 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | 2335 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), |
2336 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | 2336 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be |
2337 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | 2337 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will |
2338 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | 2338 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. |
2339 | 2339 | ||
2340 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | 2340 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to |
2341 | the generic GPIO functions. | 2341 | the generic GPIO functions. |
2342 | 2342 | ||
2343 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD | 2343 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD |
2344 | 2344 | ||
2345 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2345 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2346 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2346 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2347 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | 2347 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access |
2348 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | 2348 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the |
2349 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | 2349 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin |
2350 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | 2350 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a |
2351 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | 2351 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c |
2352 | is run early in the boot sequence. | 2352 | is run early in the boot sequence. |
2353 | 2353 | ||
2354 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT | 2354 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT |
2355 | 2355 | ||
2356 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | 2356 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is |
2357 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | 2357 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in |
2358 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | 2358 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() |
2359 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | 2359 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus |
2360 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | 2360 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c |
2361 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | 2361 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of |
2362 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | 2362 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus |
2363 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | 2363 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). |
2364 | 2364 | ||
2365 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 2365 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
2366 | 2366 | ||
2367 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | 2367 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags |
2368 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | 2368 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment |
2369 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | 2369 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) |
2370 | 2370 | ||
2371 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2371 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2372 | 2372 | ||
2373 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | 2373 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which |
2374 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is | 2374 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is |
2375 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | 2375 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. |
2376 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. | 2376 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. |
2377 | 2377 | ||
2378 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES | 2378 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES |
2379 | 2379 | ||
2380 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | 2380 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped |
2381 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2381 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2382 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify | 2382 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify |
2383 | a 1D array of device addresses | 2383 | a 1D array of device addresses |
2384 | 2384 | ||
2385 | e.g. | 2385 | e.g. |
2386 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2386 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2387 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} | 2387 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} |
2388 | 2388 | ||
2389 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | 2389 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus |
2390 | 2390 | ||
2391 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2391 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2392 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} | 2392 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} |
2393 | 2393 | ||
2394 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | 2394 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 |
2395 | 2395 | ||
2396 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 2396 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
2397 | 2397 | ||
2398 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | 2398 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. |
2399 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | 2399 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. |
2400 | 2400 | ||
2401 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM | 2401 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM |
2402 | 2402 | ||
2403 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | 2403 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. |
2404 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | 2404 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. |
2405 | 2405 | ||
2406 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM | 2406 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM |
2407 | 2407 | ||
2408 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | 2408 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. |
2409 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | 2409 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. |
2410 | 2410 | ||
2411 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: | 2411 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: |
2412 | 2412 | ||
2413 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | 2413 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. |
2414 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | 2414 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for |
2415 | specified DTT device. | 2415 | specified DTT device. |
2416 | 2416 | ||
2417 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START | 2417 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START |
2418 | 2418 | ||
2419 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | 2419 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in |
2420 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | 2420 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start |
2421 | between writing the address pointer and reading the | 2421 | between writing the address pointer and reading the |
2422 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour | 2422 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour |
2423 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C | 2423 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C |
2424 | devices can use either method, but some require one or | 2424 | devices can use either method, but some require one or |
2425 | the other. | 2425 | the other. |
2426 | 2426 | ||
2427 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI | 2427 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI |
2428 | 2428 | ||
2429 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | 2429 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with |
2430 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | 2430 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and |
2431 | D/As on the SACSng board) | 2431 | D/As on the SACSng board) |
2432 | 2432 | ||
2433 | CONFIG_SH_SPI | 2433 | CONFIG_SH_SPI |
2434 | 2434 | ||
2435 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | 2435 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently |
2436 | only SH7757 is supported. | 2436 | only SH7757 is supported. |
2437 | 2437 | ||
2438 | CONFIG_SPI_X | 2438 | CONFIG_SPI_X |
2439 | 2439 | ||
2440 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. | 2440 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. |
2441 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) | 2441 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) |
2442 | 2442 | ||
2443 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | 2443 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI |
2444 | 2444 | ||
2445 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than | 2445 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than |
2446 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | 2446 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose |
2447 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | 2447 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins |
2448 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | 2448 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is |
2449 | defined, the board configuration must define several | 2449 | defined, the board configuration must define several |
2450 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | 2450 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For |
2451 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | 2451 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. |
2452 | 2452 | ||
2453 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI | 2453 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI |
2454 | 2454 | ||
2455 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | 2455 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads |
2456 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | 2456 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration |
2457 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | 2457 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. |
2458 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an | 2458 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an |
2459 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. | 2459 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. |
2460 | 2460 | ||
2461 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI | 2461 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI |
2462 | 2462 | ||
2463 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | 2463 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC |
2464 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. | 2464 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. |
2465 | 2465 | ||
2466 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA | 2466 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA |
2467 | 2467 | ||
2468 | Enables FPGA subsystem. | 2468 | Enables FPGA subsystem. |
2469 | 2469 | ||
2470 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | 2470 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> |
2471 | 2471 | ||
2472 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | 2472 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. |
2473 | (ALTERA, XILINX) | 2473 | (ALTERA, XILINX) |
2474 | 2474 | ||
2475 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> | 2475 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> |
2476 | 2476 | ||
2477 | Enables support for FPGA family. | 2477 | Enables support for FPGA family. |
2478 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | 2478 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) |
2479 | 2479 | ||
2480 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | 2480 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT |
2481 | 2481 | ||
2482 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | 2482 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. |
2483 | 2483 | ||
2484 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK | 2484 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK |
2485 | 2485 | ||
2486 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. | 2486 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. |
2487 | 2487 | ||
2488 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY | 2488 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY |
2489 | 2489 | ||
2490 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy | 2490 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy |
2491 | status by the configuration function. This option | 2491 | status by the configuration function. This option |
2492 | will require a board or device specific function to | 2492 | will require a board or device specific function to |
2493 | be written. | 2493 | be written. |
2494 | 2494 | ||
2495 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | 2495 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY |
2496 | 2496 | ||
2497 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | 2497 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA |
2498 | configuration driver. | 2498 | configuration driver. |
2499 | 2499 | ||
2500 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC | 2500 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC |
2501 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration | 2501 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration |
2502 | 2502 | ||
2503 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR | 2503 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR |
2504 | 2504 | ||
2505 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile | 2505 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile |
2506 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | 2506 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II |
2507 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | 2507 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which |
2508 | indicated a CRC error). | 2508 | indicated a CRC error). |
2509 | 2509 | ||
2510 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT | 2510 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT |
2511 | 2511 | ||
2512 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert | 2512 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert |
2513 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II | 2513 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II |
2514 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | 2514 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 |
2515 | ms. | 2515 | ms. |
2516 | 2516 | ||
2517 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY | 2517 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY |
2518 | 2518 | ||
2519 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during | 2519 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during |
2520 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. | 2520 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. |
2521 | 2521 | ||
2522 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG | 2522 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG |
2523 | 2523 | ||
2524 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is | 2524 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is |
2525 | 200 ms. | 2525 | 200 ms. |
2526 | 2526 | ||
2527 | - Configuration Management: | 2527 | - Configuration Management: |
2528 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | 2528 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING |
2529 | 2529 | ||
2530 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot | 2530 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot |
2531 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | 2531 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) |
2532 | 2532 | ||
2533 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | 2533 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: |
2534 | 2534 | ||
2535 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment | 2535 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment |
2536 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | 2536 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and |
2537 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that | 2537 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that |
2538 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and | 2538 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and |
2539 | protects these variables from casual modification by | 2539 | protects these variables from casual modification by |
2540 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | 2540 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, |
2541 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | 2541 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can |
2542 | change this behaviour: | 2542 | change this behaviour: |
2543 | 2543 | ||
2544 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | 2544 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config |
2545 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | 2545 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is |
2546 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete | 2546 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete |
2547 | these parameters. | 2547 | these parameters. |
2548 | 2548 | ||
2549 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR | 2549 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR |
2550 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | 2550 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default |
2551 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, | 2551 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, |
2552 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The | 2552 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The |
2553 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | 2553 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains |
2554 | read-only.] | 2554 | read-only.] |
2555 | 2555 | ||
2556 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way | 2556 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way |
2557 | for any variable by configuring the type of access | 2557 | for any variable by configuring the type of access |
2558 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | 2558 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable |
2559 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | 2559 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. |
2560 | 2560 | ||
2561 | - Protected RAM: | 2561 | - Protected RAM: |
2562 | CONFIG_PRAM | 2562 | CONFIG_PRAM |
2563 | 2563 | ||
2564 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | 2564 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of |
2565 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | 2565 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten |
2566 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | 2566 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of |
2567 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | 2567 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite |
2568 | this default value by defining an environment | 2568 | this default value by defining an environment |
2569 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | 2569 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to |
2570 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | 2570 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will |
2571 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | 2571 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is |
2572 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | 2572 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will |
2573 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | 2573 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of |
2574 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | 2574 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot |
2575 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | 2575 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: |
2576 | 2576 | ||
2577 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} | 2577 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} |
2578 | saveenv | 2578 | saveenv |
2579 | 2579 | ||
2580 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | 2580 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, |
2581 | either, which results in a memory region that will | 2581 | either, which results in a memory region that will |
2582 | not be affected by reboots. | 2582 | not be affected by reboots. |
2583 | 2583 | ||
2584 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | 2584 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic |
2585 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | 2585 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that |
2586 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | 2586 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the |
2587 | following board configurations are known to be | 2587 | following board configurations are known to be |
2588 | "pRAM-clean": | 2588 | "pRAM-clean": |
2589 | 2589 | ||
2590 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, | 2590 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, |
2591 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | 2591 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, |
2592 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 | 2592 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 |
2593 | 2593 | ||
2594 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) | 2594 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) |
2595 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | 2595 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not |
2596 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | 2596 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures |
2597 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | 2597 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit |
2598 | machines using physical address extension or similar. | 2598 | machines using physical address extension or similar. |
2599 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | 2599 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which |
2600 | currently only supports clearing the memory. | 2600 | currently only supports clearing the memory. |
2601 | 2601 | ||
2602 | - Error Recovery: | 2602 | - Error Recovery: |
2603 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | 2603 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG |
2604 | 2604 | ||
2605 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | 2605 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a |
2606 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | 2606 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. |
2607 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | 2607 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded |
2608 | system where you want the system to reboot | 2608 | system where you want the system to reboot |
2609 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be | 2609 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be |
2610 | useful during development since you can try to debug | 2610 | useful during development since you can try to debug |
2611 | the conditions that lead to the situation. | 2611 | the conditions that lead to the situation. |
2612 | 2612 | ||
2613 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | 2613 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT |
2614 | 2614 | ||
2615 | This variable defines the number of retries for | 2615 | This variable defines the number of retries for |
2616 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | 2616 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP |
2617 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | 2617 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a |
2618 | default value of 5 is used. | 2618 | default value of 5 is used. |
2619 | 2619 | ||
2620 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT | 2620 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT |
2621 | 2621 | ||
2622 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | 2622 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. |
2623 | 2623 | ||
2624 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT | 2624 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT |
2625 | 2625 | ||
2626 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | 2626 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. |
2627 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | 2627 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, |
2628 | try longer timeout such as | 2628 | try longer timeout such as |
2629 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | 2629 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL |
2630 | 2630 | ||
2631 | - Command Interpreter: | 2631 | - Command Interpreter: |
2632 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE | 2632 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE |
2633 | 2633 | ||
2634 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | 2634 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. |
2635 | 2635 | ||
2636 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet | 2636 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet |
2637 | for the "hush" shell. | 2637 | for the "hush" shell. |
2638 | 2638 | ||
2639 | 2639 | ||
2640 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER | 2640 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER |
2641 | 2641 | ||
2642 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from | 2642 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from |
2643 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling | 2643 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling |
2644 | powerful command line syntax like | 2644 | powerful command line syntax like |
2645 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' | 2645 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' |
2646 | constructs ("shell scripts"). | 2646 | constructs ("shell scripts"). |
2647 | 2647 | ||
2648 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour | 2648 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour |
2649 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. | 2649 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. |
2650 | 2650 | ||
2651 | 2651 | ||
2652 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 | 2652 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 |
2653 | 2653 | ||
2654 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | 2654 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is |
2655 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | 2655 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input |
2656 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | 2656 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". |
2657 | 2657 | ||
2658 | Note: | 2658 | Note: |
2659 | 2659 | ||
2660 | In the current implementation, the local variables | 2660 | In the current implementation, the local variables |
2661 | space and global environment variables space are | 2661 | space and global environment variables space are |
2662 | separated. Local variables are those you define by | 2662 | separated. Local variables are those you define by |
2663 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | 2663 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local |
2664 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | 2664 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or |
2665 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | 2665 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable |
2666 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | 2666 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. |
2667 | 2667 | ||
2668 | Global environment variables are those you use | 2668 | Global environment variables are those you use |
2669 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | 2669 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored |
2670 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | 2670 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, |
2671 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | 2671 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. |
2672 | 2672 | ||
2673 | To store commands and special characters in a | 2673 | To store commands and special characters in a |
2674 | variable, please use double quotation marks | 2674 | variable, please use double quotation marks |
2675 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | 2675 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead |
2676 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | 2676 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special |
2677 | symbols. | 2677 | symbols. |
2678 | 2678 | ||
2679 | - Commandline Editing and History: | 2679 | - Commandline Editing and History: |
2680 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | 2680 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING |
2681 | 2681 | ||
2682 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive | 2682 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive |
2683 | commandline input operations | 2683 | commandline input operations |
2684 | 2684 | ||
2685 | - Default Environment: | 2685 | - Default Environment: |
2686 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS | 2686 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS |
2687 | 2687 | ||
2688 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated | 2688 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated |
2689 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | 2689 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of |
2690 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. | 2690 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. |
2691 | 2691 | ||
2692 | For example, place something like this in your | 2692 | For example, place something like this in your |
2693 | board's config file: | 2693 | board's config file: |
2694 | 2694 | ||
2695 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | 2695 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ |
2696 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | 2696 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ |
2697 | "myvar2=value2\0" | 2697 | "myvar2=value2\0" |
2698 | 2698 | ||
2699 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the | 2699 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the |
2700 | internal format how the environment is stored by the | 2700 | internal format how the environment is stored by the |
2701 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | 2701 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported |
2702 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | 2702 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format |
2703 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. | 2703 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. |
2704 | You better know what you are doing here. | 2704 | You better know what you are doing here. |
2705 | 2705 | ||
2706 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is | 2706 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is |
2707 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | 2707 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset |
2708 | the environment like the "source" command or the | 2708 | the environment like the "source" command or the |
2709 | boot command first. | 2709 | boot command first. |
2710 | 2710 | ||
2711 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG | 2711 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG |
2712 | 2712 | ||
2713 | Define this in order to add variables describing the | 2713 | Define this in order to add variables describing the |
2714 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | 2714 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. |
2715 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | 2715 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. |
2716 | 2716 | ||
2717 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | 2717 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: |
2718 | 2718 | ||
2719 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | 2719 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH |
2720 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | 2720 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU |
2721 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | 2721 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD |
2722 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | 2722 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR |
2723 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | 2723 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC |
2724 | 2724 | ||
2725 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG | 2725 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG |
2726 | 2726 | ||
2727 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | 2727 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain |
2728 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | 2728 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the |
2729 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. | 2729 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. |
2730 | 2730 | ||
2731 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT | 2731 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT |
2732 | 2732 | ||
2733 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | 2733 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is |
2734 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | 2734 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits |
2735 | that so that the environment is not available until | 2735 | that so that the environment is not available until |
2736 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 2736 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
2737 | this is instead controlled by the value of | 2737 | this is instead controlled by the value of |
2738 | /config/load-environment. | 2738 | /config/load-environment. |
2739 | 2739 | ||
2740 | - DataFlash Support: | 2740 | - DataFlash Support: |
2741 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH | 2741 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH |
2742 | 2742 | ||
2743 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and | 2743 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and |
2744 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | 2744 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard |
2745 | commands cp, md... | 2745 | commands cp, md... |
2746 | 2746 | ||
2747 | - Serial Flash support | 2747 | - Serial Flash support |
2748 | CONFIG_CMD_SF | 2748 | CONFIG_CMD_SF |
2749 | 2749 | ||
2750 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | 2750 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands |
2751 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | 2751 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. |
2752 | 2752 | ||
2753 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | 2753 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial |
2754 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | 2754 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update |
2755 | commands. | 2755 | commands. |
2756 | 2756 | ||
2757 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | 2757 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform |
2758 | to handle the common case when only a single serial | 2758 | to handle the common case when only a single serial |
2759 | flash is present on the system. | 2759 | flash is present on the system. |
2760 | 2760 | ||
2761 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier | 2761 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier |
2762 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select | 2762 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select |
2763 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) | 2763 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) |
2764 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz | 2764 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz |
2765 | 2765 | ||
2766 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST | 2766 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST |
2767 | 2767 | ||
2768 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | 2768 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash |
2769 | test ('sf test'). | 2769 | test ('sf test'). |
2770 | 2770 | ||
2771 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg | 2771 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg |
2772 | 2772 | ||
2773 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr | 2773 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr |
2774 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. | 2774 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. |
2775 | 2775 | ||
2776 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories | 2776 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories |
2777 | 2777 | ||
2778 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash | 2778 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash |
2779 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. | 2779 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. |
2780 | currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. | 2780 | currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. |
2781 | 2781 | ||
2782 | - SystemACE Support: | 2782 | - SystemACE Support: |
2783 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2783 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2784 | 2784 | ||
2785 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | 2785 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE |
2786 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | 2786 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address |
2787 | of the chip must also be defined in the | 2787 | of the chip must also be defined in the |
2788 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: | 2788 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: |
2789 | 2789 | ||
2790 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2790 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2791 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 | 2791 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 |
2792 | 2792 | ||
2793 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | 2793 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type |
2794 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | 2794 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. |
2795 | 2795 | ||
2796 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: | 2796 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: |
2797 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | 2797 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT |
2798 | 2798 | ||
2799 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp | 2799 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp |
2800 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. | 2800 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. |
2801 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port | 2801 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port |
2802 | number generator is used. | 2802 | number generator is used. |
2803 | 2803 | ||
2804 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply | 2804 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply |
2805 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't | 2805 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't |
2806 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | 2806 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. |
2807 | 2807 | ||
2808 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | 2808 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to |
2809 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured | 2809 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured |
2810 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | 2810 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of |
2811 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | 2811 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing |
2812 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | 2812 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. |
2813 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | 2813 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, |
2814 | but sometimes that is not allowed. | 2814 | but sometimes that is not allowed. |
2815 | 2815 | ||
2816 | - Hashing support: | 2816 | - Hashing support: |
2817 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | 2817 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH |
2818 | 2818 | ||
2819 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | 2819 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce |
2820 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | 2820 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). |
2821 | 2821 | ||
2822 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | 2822 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY |
2823 | 2823 | ||
2824 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | 2824 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code |
2825 | size a little. | 2825 | size a little. |
2826 | 2826 | ||
2827 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing | 2827 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing |
2828 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing | 2828 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing |
2829 | 2829 | ||
2830 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | 2830 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps |
2831 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | 2831 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. |
2832 | 2832 | ||
2833 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: | 2833 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: |
2834 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT | 2834 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT |
2835 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an | 2835 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an |
2836 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. | 2836 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. |
2837 | 2837 | ||
2838 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE | 2838 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE |
2839 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing | 2839 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing |
2840 | a boot from specific media. | 2840 | a boot from specific media. |
2841 | 2841 | ||
2842 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to | 2842 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to |
2843 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating | 2843 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating |
2844 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal | 2844 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal |
2845 | will set it back to normal. This command currently | 2845 | will set it back to normal. This command currently |
2846 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. | 2846 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. |
2847 | 2847 | ||
2848 | - Signing support: | 2848 | - Signing support: |
2849 | CONFIG_RSA | 2849 | CONFIG_RSA |
2850 | 2850 | ||
2851 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification | 2851 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification |
2852 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. | 2852 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. |
2853 | 2853 | ||
2854 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this | 2854 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this |
2855 | option. | 2855 | option. |
2856 | 2856 | ||
2857 | 2857 | ||
2858 | - Show boot progress: | 2858 | - Show boot progress: |
2859 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS | 2859 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS |
2860 | 2860 | ||
2861 | Defining this option allows to add some board- | 2861 | Defining this option allows to add some board- |
2862 | specific code (calling a user-provided function | 2862 | specific code (calling a user-provided function |
2863 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | 2863 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show |
2864 | the system's boot progress on some display (for | 2864 | the system's boot progress on some display (for |
2865 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | 2865 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, |
2866 | the following checkpoints are implemented: | 2866 | the following checkpoints are implemented: |
2867 | 2867 | ||
2868 | - Detailed boot stage timing | 2868 | - Detailed boot stage timing |
2869 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE | 2869 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE |
2870 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage | 2870 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage |
2871 | of the boot process. | 2871 | of the boot process. |
2872 | 2872 | ||
2873 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT | 2873 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT |
2874 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. | 2874 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. |
2875 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) | 2875 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) |
2876 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed | 2876 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed |
2877 | the limit, recording will stop. | 2877 | the limit, recording will stop. |
2878 | 2878 | ||
2879 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT | 2879 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT |
2880 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: | 2880 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: |
2881 | 2881 | ||
2882 | Timer summary in microseconds: | 2882 | Timer summary in microseconds: |
2883 | Mark Elapsed Stage | 2883 | Mark Elapsed Stage |
2884 | 0 0 reset | 2884 | 0 0 reset |
2885 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start | 2885 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start |
2886 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 | 2886 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 |
2887 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done | 2887 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done |
2888 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start | 2888 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start |
2889 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop | 2889 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop |
2890 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start | 2890 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start |
2891 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel | 2891 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel |
2892 | 2892 | ||
2893 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE | 2893 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE |
2894 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report | 2894 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report |
2895 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. | 2895 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. |
2896 | 2896 | ||
2897 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT | 2897 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT |
2898 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' | 2898 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' |
2899 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child | 2899 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child |
2900 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the | 2900 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the |
2901 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the | 2901 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the |
2902 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. | 2902 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. |
2903 | For example: | 2903 | For example: |
2904 | 2904 | ||
2905 | bootstage { | 2905 | bootstage { |
2906 | 154 { | 2906 | 154 { |
2907 | name = "board_init_f"; | 2907 | name = "board_init_f"; |
2908 | mark = <3575678>; | 2908 | mark = <3575678>; |
2909 | }; | 2909 | }; |
2910 | 170 { | 2910 | 170 { |
2911 | name = "lcd"; | 2911 | name = "lcd"; |
2912 | accum = <33482>; | 2912 | accum = <33482>; |
2913 | }; | 2913 | }; |
2914 | }; | 2914 | }; |
2915 | 2915 | ||
2916 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. | 2916 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. |
2917 | 2917 | ||
2918 | Legacy uImage format: | 2918 | Legacy uImage format: |
2919 | 2919 | ||
2920 | Arg Where When | 2920 | Arg Where When |
2921 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image | 2921 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image |
2922 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number | 2922 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number |
2923 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number | 2923 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number |
2924 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum | 2924 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum |
2925 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum | 2925 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum |
2926 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum | 2926 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum |
2927 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum | 2927 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum |
2928 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture | 2928 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture |
2929 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 2929 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
2930 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) | 2930 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) |
2931 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK | 2931 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK |
2932 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error | 2932 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error |
2933 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type | 2933 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type |
2934 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK | 2934 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK |
2935 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error | 2935 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error |
2936 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) | 2936 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) |
2937 | 2937 | ||
2938 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 2938 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
2939 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number | 2939 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number |
2940 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum | 2940 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum |
2941 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK | 2941 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK |
2942 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum | 2942 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum |
2943 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum | 2943 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum |
2944 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | 2944 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading |
2945 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) | 2945 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) |
2946 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification | 2946 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification |
2947 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | 2947 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. |
2948 | 2948 | ||
2949 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS | 2949 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS |
2950 | 2950 | ||
2951 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system | 2951 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system |
2952 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() | 2952 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() |
2953 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | 2953 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() |
2954 | 2954 | ||
2955 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device | 2955 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device |
2956 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command | 2956 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command |
2957 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command | 2957 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command |
2958 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device | 2958 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device |
2959 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device | 2959 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device |
2960 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 2960 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
2961 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available | 2961 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available |
2962 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device | 2962 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device |
2963 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK | 2963 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK |
2964 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number | 2964 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number |
2965 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 2965 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
2966 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device | 2966 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device |
2967 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 2967 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
2968 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device | 2968 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device |
2969 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command | 2969 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command |
2970 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command | 2970 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command |
2971 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device | 2971 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device |
2972 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found | 2972 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found |
2973 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available | 2973 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available |
2974 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available | 2974 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available |
2975 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected | 2975 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected |
2976 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected | 2976 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected |
2977 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table | 2977 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table |
2978 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found | 2978 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found |
2979 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type | 2979 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type |
2980 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type | 2980 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type |
2981 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 2981 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
2982 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK | 2982 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK |
2983 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number | 2983 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number |
2984 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number | 2984 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number |
2985 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum | 2985 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum |
2986 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum | 2986 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum |
2987 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device | 2987 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device |
2988 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK | 2988 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK |
2989 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device | 2989 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device |
2990 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command | 2990 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command |
2991 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command | 2991 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command |
2992 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device | 2992 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device |
2993 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found | 2993 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found |
2994 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 2994 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
2995 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available | 2995 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available |
2996 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 2996 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
2997 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK | 2997 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK |
2998 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number | 2998 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number |
2999 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number | 2999 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number |
3000 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device | 3000 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device |
3001 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK | 3001 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK |
3002 | 3002 | ||
3003 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default | 3003 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default |
3004 | 3004 | ||
3005 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. | 3005 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. |
3006 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. | 3006 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. |
3007 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. | 3007 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. |
3008 | 3008 | ||
3009 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong | 3009 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong |
3010 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() | 3010 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() |
3011 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred | 3011 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred |
3012 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error | 3012 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error |
3013 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | 3013 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) |
3014 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot | 3014 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot |
3015 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command | 3015 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command |
3016 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command | 3016 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command |
3017 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors | 3017 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors |
3018 | 3018 | ||
3019 | FIT uImage format: | 3019 | FIT uImage format: |
3020 | 3020 | ||
3021 | Arg Where When | 3021 | Arg Where When |
3022 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format | 3022 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format |
3023 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | 3023 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format |
3024 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | 3024 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration |
3025 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | 3025 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage |
3026 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified | 3026 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified |
3027 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset | 3027 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset |
3028 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node | 3028 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node |
3029 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset | 3029 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset |
3030 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed | 3030 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed |
3031 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK | 3031 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK |
3032 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | 3032 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture |
3033 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3033 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3034 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type | 3034 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type |
3035 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK | 3035 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK |
3036 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size | 3036 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size |
3037 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size | 3037 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size |
3038 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | 3038 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) |
3039 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type | 3039 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type |
3040 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp | 3040 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp |
3041 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os | 3041 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os |
3042 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address | 3042 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address |
3043 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3043 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3044 | 3044 | ||
3045 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3045 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3046 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | 3046 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format |
3047 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | 3047 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format |
3048 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration | 3048 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration |
3049 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage | 3049 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage |
3050 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified | 3050 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified |
3051 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | 3051 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset |
3052 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset | 3052 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset |
3053 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | 3053 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed |
3054 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | 3054 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK |
3055 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | 3055 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture |
3056 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK | 3056 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK |
3057 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | 3057 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size |
3058 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size | 3058 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size |
3059 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address | 3059 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address |
3060 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address | 3060 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address |
3061 | 3061 | ||
3062 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3062 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3063 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK | 3063 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK |
3064 | 3064 | ||
3065 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3065 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3066 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK | 3066 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK |
3067 | 3067 | ||
3068 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3068 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3069 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK | 3069 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK |
3070 | 3070 | ||
3071 | - FIT image support: | 3071 | - FIT image support: |
3072 | CONFIG_FIT | 3072 | CONFIG_FIT |
3073 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | 3073 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. |
3074 | 3074 | ||
3075 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | 3075 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH |
3076 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | 3076 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the |
3077 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | 3077 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of |
3078 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | 3078 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the |
3079 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | 3079 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. |
3080 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | 3080 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. |
3081 | 3081 | ||
3082 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE | 3082 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE |
3083 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, | 3083 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, |
3084 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See | 3084 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See |
3085 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. | 3085 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. |
3086 | 3086 | ||
3087 | - Standalone program support: | 3087 | - Standalone program support: |
3088 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | 3088 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR |
3089 | 3089 | ||
3090 | This option defines a board specific value for the | 3090 | This option defines a board specific value for the |
3091 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | 3091 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus |
3092 | overwriting the architecture dependent default | 3092 | overwriting the architecture dependent default |
3093 | settings. | 3093 | settings. |
3094 | 3094 | ||
3095 | - Frame Buffer Address: | 3095 | - Frame Buffer Address: |
3096 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 3096 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR |
3097 | 3097 | ||
3098 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | 3098 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific |
3099 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case | 3099 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case |
3100 | when using a graphics controller has separate video | 3100 | when using a graphics controller has separate video |
3101 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | 3101 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at |
3102 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | 3102 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it |
3103 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | 3103 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs |
3104 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | 3104 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the |
3105 | configured panel size. | 3105 | configured panel size. |
3106 | 3106 | ||
3107 | Please see board_init_f function. | 3107 | Please see board_init_f function. |
3108 | 3108 | ||
3109 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server | 3109 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server |
3110 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | 3110 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP |
3111 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | 3111 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX |
3112 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | 3112 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX |
3113 | 3113 | ||
3114 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | 3114 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; |
3115 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | 3115 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. |
3116 | 3116 | ||
3117 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | 3117 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) |
3118 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | 3118 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE |
3119 | 3119 | ||
3120 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | 3120 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. |
3121 | Needed for mtdparts command support. | 3121 | Needed for mtdparts command support. |
3122 | 3122 | ||
3123 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | 3123 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS |
3124 | 3124 | ||
3125 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | 3125 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux |
3126 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | 3126 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. |
3127 | 3127 | ||
3128 | - UBI support | 3128 | - UBI support |
3129 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | 3129 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI |
3130 | 3130 | ||
3131 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | 3131 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted |
3132 | with the UBI flash translation layer | 3132 | with the UBI flash translation layer |
3133 | 3133 | ||
3134 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | 3134 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE |
3135 | 3135 | ||
3136 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3136 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3137 | 3137 | ||
3138 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves | 3138 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves |
3139 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3139 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3140 | 3140 | ||
3141 | - UBIFS support | 3141 | - UBIFS support |
3142 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | 3142 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS |
3143 | 3143 | ||
3144 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | 3144 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as |
3145 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | 3145 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. |
3146 | 3146 | ||
3147 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | 3147 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO |
3148 | 3148 | ||
3149 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3149 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3150 | 3150 | ||
3151 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves | 3151 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves |
3152 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3152 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3153 | 3153 | ||
3154 | - SPL framework | 3154 | - SPL framework |
3155 | CONFIG_SPL | 3155 | CONFIG_SPL |
3156 | Enable building of SPL globally. | 3156 | Enable building of SPL globally. |
3157 | 3157 | ||
3158 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT | 3158 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT |
3159 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | 3159 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. |
3160 | 3160 | ||
3161 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT | 3161 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT |
3162 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | 3162 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. |
3163 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | 3163 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory |
3164 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3164 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3165 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3165 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3166 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3166 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3167 | 3167 | ||
3168 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE | 3168 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE |
3169 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and | 3169 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and |
3170 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | 3170 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. |
3171 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | 3171 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does |
3172 | not exceed it. | 3172 | not exceed it. |
3173 | 3173 | ||
3174 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE | 3174 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE |
3175 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | 3175 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. |
3176 | 3176 | ||
3177 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE | 3177 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE |
3178 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3178 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3179 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | 3179 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). |
3180 | 3180 | ||
3181 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR | 3181 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR |
3182 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | 3182 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. |
3183 | 3183 | ||
3184 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3184 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3185 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. | 3185 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. |
3186 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | 3186 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used |
3187 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3187 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3188 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3188 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3189 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3189 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3190 | 3190 | ||
3191 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | 3191 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK |
3192 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | 3192 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use |
3193 | 3193 | ||
3194 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK | 3194 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK |
3195 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | 3195 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after |
3196 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3196 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3197 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | 3197 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. |
3198 | 3198 | ||
3199 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START | 3199 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START |
3200 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3200 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3201 | 3201 | ||
3202 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | 3202 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE |
3203 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3203 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3204 | 3204 | ||
3205 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK | 3205 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK |
3206 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework | 3206 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework |
3207 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | 3207 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND |
3208 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | 3208 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. |
3209 | 3209 | ||
3210 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT | 3210 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT |
3211 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | 3211 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information |
3212 | about the running system. | 3212 | about the running system. |
3213 | 3213 | ||
3214 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL | 3214 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL |
3215 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | 3215 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image |
3216 | 3216 | ||
3217 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT | 3217 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT |
3218 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | 3218 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary |
3219 | 3219 | ||
3220 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT | 3220 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT |
3221 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | 3221 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary |
3222 | 3222 | ||
3223 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT | 3223 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT |
3224 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | 3224 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary |
3225 | 3225 | ||
3226 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT | 3226 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT |
3227 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | 3227 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary |
3228 | 3228 | ||
3229 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT | 3229 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT |
3230 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | 3230 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary |
3231 | 3231 | ||
3232 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, | 3232 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, |
3233 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | 3233 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, |
3234 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION | 3234 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION |
3235 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | 3235 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from |
3236 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | 3236 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. |
3237 | 3237 | ||
3238 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR | 3238 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR |
3239 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | 3239 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being |
3240 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | 3240 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) |
3241 | 3241 | ||
3242 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | 3242 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, |
3243 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | 3243 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS |
3244 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | 3244 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument |
3245 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | 3245 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode |
3246 | (for falcon mode) | 3246 | (for falcon mode) |
3247 | 3247 | ||
3248 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT | 3248 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT |
3249 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | 3249 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary |
3250 | 3250 | ||
3251 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | 3251 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME |
3252 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT | 3252 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT |
3253 | 3253 | ||
3254 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME | 3254 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME |
3255 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | 3255 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading |
3256 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3256 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3257 | 3257 | ||
3258 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | 3258 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME |
3259 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | 3259 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters |
3260 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3260 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3261 | 3261 | ||
3262 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND | 3262 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND |
3263 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | 3263 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that |
3264 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | 3264 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before |
3265 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | 3265 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just |
3266 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | 3266 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). |
3267 | 3267 | ||
3268 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE | 3268 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE |
3269 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires | 3269 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires |
3270 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | 3270 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. |
3271 | 3271 | ||
3272 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | 3272 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS |
3273 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | 3273 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. |
3274 | 3274 | ||
3275 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | 3275 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC |
3276 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | 3276 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL |
3277 | 3277 | ||
3278 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE | 3278 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE |
3279 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that | 3279 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that |
3280 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | 3280 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. |
3281 | 3281 | ||
3282 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT | 3282 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT |
3283 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for | 3283 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for |
3284 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. | 3284 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. |
3285 | 3285 | ||
3286 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR | 3286 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR |
3287 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in | 3287 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in |
3288 | SPL binary. | 3288 | SPL binary. |
3289 | 3289 | ||
3290 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | 3290 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, |
3291 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | 3291 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, |
3292 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | 3292 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, |
3293 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | 3293 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, |
3294 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | 3294 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES |
3295 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | 3295 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses |
3296 | to read U-Boot | 3296 | to read U-Boot |
3297 | 3297 | ||
3298 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT | 3298 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT |
3299 | Add support NAND boot | 3299 | Add support NAND boot |
3300 | 3300 | ||
3301 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | 3301 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS |
3302 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from | 3302 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from |
3303 | 3303 | ||
3304 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | 3304 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST |
3305 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | 3305 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to |
3306 | 3306 | ||
3307 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | 3307 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE |
3308 | Size of image to load | 3308 | Size of image to load |
3309 | 3309 | ||
3310 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | 3310 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START |
3311 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to | 3311 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to |
3312 | 3312 | ||
3313 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | 3313 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST |
3314 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | 3314 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the |
3315 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. | 3315 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. |
3316 | 3316 | ||
3317 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | 3317 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND |
3318 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | 3318 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the |
3319 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | 3319 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. |
3320 | 3320 | ||
3321 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT | 3321 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT |
3322 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | 3322 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary |
3323 | 3323 | ||
3324 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT | 3324 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT |
3325 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | 3325 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary |
3326 | 3326 | ||
3327 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT | 3327 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT |
3328 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | 3328 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary |
3329 | 3329 | ||
3330 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | 3330 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE |
3331 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | 3331 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary |
3332 | 3332 | ||
3333 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT | 3333 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT |
3334 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | 3334 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary |
3335 | 3335 | ||
3336 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT | 3336 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT |
3337 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary | 3337 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary |
3338 | 3338 | ||
3339 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT | 3339 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT |
3340 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. | 3340 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. |
3341 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by | 3341 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by |
3342 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE | 3342 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE |
3343 | 3343 | ||
3344 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO | 3344 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO |
3345 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending | 3345 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending |
3346 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3346 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3347 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3347 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3348 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3348 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3349 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3349 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3350 | 3350 | ||
3351 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET | 3351 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET |
3352 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs | 3352 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs |
3353 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | 3353 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for |
3354 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | 3354 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. |
3355 | 3355 | ||
3356 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT | 3356 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT |
3357 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | 3357 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of |
3358 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | 3358 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this |
3359 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | 3359 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the |
3360 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | 3360 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. |
3361 | 3361 | ||
3362 | - TPL framework | 3362 | - TPL framework |
3363 | CONFIG_TPL | 3363 | CONFIG_TPL |
3364 | Enable building of TPL globally. | 3364 | Enable building of TPL globally. |
3365 | 3365 | ||
3366 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO | 3366 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO |
3367 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending | 3367 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending |
3368 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3368 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3369 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3369 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3370 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3370 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3371 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3371 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3372 | 3372 | ||
3373 | Modem Support: | 3373 | Modem Support: |
3374 | -------------- | 3374 | -------------- |
3375 | 3375 | ||
3376 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] | 3376 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] |
3377 | 3377 | ||
3378 | - Modem support enable: | 3378 | - Modem support enable: |
3379 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 3379 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
3380 | 3380 | ||
3381 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | 3381 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: |
3382 | CONFIG_HWFLOW | 3382 | CONFIG_HWFLOW |
3383 | 3383 | ||
3384 | - Modem debug support: | 3384 | - Modem debug support: |
3385 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | 3385 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG |
3386 | 3386 | ||
3387 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) | 3387 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) |
3388 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | 3388 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. |
3389 | 3389 | ||
3390 | - Interrupt support (PPC): | 3390 | - Interrupt support (PPC): |
3391 | 3391 | ||
3392 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() | 3392 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() |
3393 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | 3393 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() |
3394 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() | 3394 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() |
3395 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If | 3395 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If |
3396 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt | 3396 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt |
3397 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. | 3397 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. |
3398 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU | 3398 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU |
3399 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led | 3399 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led |
3400 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | 3400 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from |
3401 | general timer_interrupt(). | 3401 | general timer_interrupt(). |
3402 | 3402 | ||
3403 | - General: | 3403 | - General: |
3404 | 3404 | ||
3405 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a | 3405 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a |
3406 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | 3406 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during |
3407 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | 3407 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally |
3408 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from | 3408 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from |
3409 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy | 3409 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy |
3410 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | 3410 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem |
3411 | initialization. | 3411 | initialization. |
3412 | 3412 | ||
3413 | If there are no modem init strings in the | 3413 | If there are no modem init strings in the |
3414 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | 3414 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the |
3415 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | 3415 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be |
3416 | suppressed, though. | 3416 | suppressed, though. |
3417 | 3417 | ||
3418 | See also: doc/README.Modem | 3418 | See also: doc/README.Modem |
3419 | 3419 | ||
3420 | Board initialization settings: | 3420 | Board initialization settings: |
3421 | ------------------------------ | 3421 | ------------------------------ |
3422 | 3422 | ||
3423 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | 3423 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions |
3424 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | 3424 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup |
3425 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | 3425 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the |
3426 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | 3426 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is |
3427 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | 3427 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c |
3428 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | 3428 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). |
3429 | 3429 | ||
3430 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | 3430 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() |
3431 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | 3431 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() |
3432 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | 3432 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() |
3433 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | 3433 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() |
3434 | 3434 | ||
3435 | Configuration Settings: | 3435 | Configuration Settings: |
3436 | ----------------------- | 3436 | ----------------------- |
3437 | 3437 | ||
3438 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; | 3438 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; |
3439 | undefine this when you're short of memory. | 3439 | undefine this when you're short of memory. |
3440 | 3440 | ||
3441 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default | 3441 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default |
3442 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | 3442 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. |
3443 | 3443 | ||
3444 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to | 3444 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to |
3445 | prompt for user input. | 3445 | prompt for user input. |
3446 | 3446 | ||
3447 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console | 3447 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console |
3448 | 3448 | ||
3449 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output | 3449 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output |
3450 | 3450 | ||
3451 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands | 3451 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands |
3452 | 3452 | ||
3453 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to | 3453 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to |
3454 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is | 3454 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is |
3455 | booted | 3455 | booted |
3456 | 3456 | ||
3457 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: | 3457 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: |
3458 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. | 3458 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. |
3459 | 3459 | ||
3460 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET | 3460 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET |
3461 | Suppress display of console information at boot. | 3461 | Suppress display of console information at boot. |
3462 | 3462 | ||
3463 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 3463 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
3464 | If the board specific function | 3464 | If the board specific function |
3465 | extern int overwrite_console (void); | 3465 | extern int overwrite_console (void); |
3466 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | 3466 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the |
3467 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. | 3467 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. |
3468 | 3468 | ||
3469 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE | 3469 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE |
3470 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). | 3470 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). |
3471 | 3471 | ||
3472 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE | 3472 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE |
3473 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. | 3473 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. |
3474 | 3474 | ||
3475 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: | 3475 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: |
3476 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the | 3476 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the |
3477 | simple memory test. | 3477 | simple memory test. |
3478 | 3478 | ||
3479 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: | 3479 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: |
3480 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. | 3480 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. |
3481 | 3481 | ||
3482 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: | 3482 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: |
3483 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test | 3483 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test |
3484 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | 3484 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable |
3485 | 3485 | ||
3486 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): | 3486 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): |
3487 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | 3487 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, |
3488 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top | 3488 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top |
3489 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By | 3489 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By |
3490 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed | 3490 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed |
3491 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | 3491 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. |
3492 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | 3492 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux |
3493 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that | 3493 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that |
3494 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup | 3494 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup |
3495 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. | 3495 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. |
3496 | 3496 | ||
3497 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | 3497 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx |
3498 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | 3498 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't |
3499 | be touched. | 3499 | be touched. |
3500 | 3500 | ||
3501 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | 3501 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of |
3502 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | 3502 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, |
3503 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | 3503 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a |
3504 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | 3504 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major |
3505 | problems. | 3505 | problems. |
3506 | 3506 | ||
3507 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: | 3507 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: |
3508 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download | 3508 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download |
3509 | 3509 | ||
3510 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: | 3510 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: |
3511 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. | 3511 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. |
3512 | 3512 | ||
3513 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: | 3513 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: |
3514 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a | 3514 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a |
3515 | Cogent motherboard) | 3515 | Cogent motherboard) |
3516 | 3516 | ||
3517 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: | 3517 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: |
3518 | Physical start address of Flash memory. | 3518 | Physical start address of Flash memory. |
3519 | 3519 | ||
3520 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: | 3520 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: |
3521 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by | 3521 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by |
3522 | make config files to be same as the text base address | 3522 | make config files to be same as the text base address |
3523 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as | 3523 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as |
3524 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. | 3524 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. |
3525 | 3525 | ||
3526 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: | 3526 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: |
3527 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to | 3527 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to |
3528 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | 3528 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is |
3529 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | 3529 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate |
3530 | flash sector. | 3530 | flash sector. |
3531 | 3531 | ||
3532 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: | 3532 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: |
3533 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. | 3533 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. |
3534 | 3534 | ||
3535 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: | 3535 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: |
3536 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an | 3536 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an |
3537 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | 3537 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, |
3538 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file | 3538 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file |
3539 | to adjust this setting to your needs. | 3539 | to adjust this setting to your needs. |
3540 | 3540 | ||
3541 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: | 3541 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: |
3542 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of | 3542 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of |
3543 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | 3543 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by |
3544 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if | 3544 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if |
3545 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | 3545 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" |
3546 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | 3546 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case |
3547 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | 3547 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" |
3548 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment | 3548 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment |
3549 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of | 3549 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of |
3550 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | 3550 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, |
3551 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | 3551 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. |
3552 | 3552 | ||
3553 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: | 3553 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: |
3554 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the | 3554 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the |
3555 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | 3555 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand |
3556 | is enabled. | 3556 | is enabled. |
3557 | 3557 | ||
3558 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | 3558 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: |
3559 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | 3559 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between |
3560 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3560 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3561 | 3561 | ||
3562 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | 3562 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: |
3563 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | 3563 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in |
3564 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3564 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3565 | 3565 | ||
3566 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: | 3566 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: |
3567 | Max number of Flash memory banks | 3567 | Max number of Flash memory banks |
3568 | 3568 | ||
3569 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: | 3569 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: |
3570 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip | 3570 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip |
3571 | 3571 | ||
3572 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: | 3572 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: |
3573 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) | 3573 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) |
3574 | 3574 | ||
3575 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: | 3575 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: |
3576 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) | 3576 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) |
3577 | 3577 | ||
3578 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT | 3578 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT |
3579 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) | 3579 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) |
3580 | 3580 | ||
3581 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT | 3581 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT |
3582 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) | 3582 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) |
3583 | 3583 | ||
3584 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION | 3584 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION |
3585 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used | 3585 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used |
3586 | instead of U-Boot software protection. | 3586 | instead of U-Boot software protection. |
3587 | 3587 | ||
3588 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: | 3588 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: |
3589 | 3589 | ||
3590 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | 3590 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; |
3591 | without this option such a download has to be | 3591 | without this option such a download has to be |
3592 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | 3592 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) |
3593 | copy from RAM to flash. | 3593 | copy from RAM to flash. |
3594 | 3594 | ||
3595 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | 3595 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since |
3596 | you can check if the download worked before you erase | 3596 | you can check if the download worked before you erase |
3597 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is | 3597 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is |
3598 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | 3598 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the |
3599 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. | 3599 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. |
3600 | 3600 | ||
3601 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: | 3601 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: |
3602 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the | 3602 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the |
3603 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. | 3603 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. |
3604 | 3604 | ||
3605 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER | 3605 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER |
3606 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver | 3606 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver |
3607 | in the drivers directory | 3607 | in the drivers directory |
3608 | 3608 | ||
3609 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD | 3609 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD |
3610 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | 3610 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver |
3611 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | 3611 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash |
3612 | to the MTD layer. | 3612 | to the MTD layer. |
3613 | 3613 | ||
3614 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE | 3614 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE |
3615 | Use buffered writes to flash. | 3615 | Use buffered writes to flash. |
3616 | 3616 | ||
3617 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | 3617 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N |
3618 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | 3618 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered |
3619 | write commands. | 3619 | write commands. |
3620 | 3620 | ||
3621 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST | 3621 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST |
3622 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't | 3622 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't |
3623 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | 3623 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This |
3624 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | 3624 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only |
3625 | optionally available. | 3625 | optionally available. |
3626 | 3626 | ||
3627 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS | 3627 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS |
3628 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | 3628 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown |
3629 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | 3629 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 |
3630 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | 3630 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. |
3631 | 3631 | ||
3632 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY | 3632 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY |
3633 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | 3633 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared |
3634 | against the source after the write operation. An error message | 3634 | against the source after the write operation. An error message |
3635 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | 3635 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. |
3636 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | 3636 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, |
3637 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | 3637 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier |
3638 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | 3638 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable |
3639 | this option if you really know what you are doing. | 3639 | this option if you really know what you are doing. |
3640 | 3640 | ||
3641 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: | 3641 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: |
3642 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some | 3642 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some |
3643 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | 3643 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value |
3644 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all | 3644 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all |
3645 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | 3645 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface |
3646 | on high Ethernet traffic. | 3646 | on high Ethernet traffic. |
3647 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. | 3647 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. |
3648 | 3648 | ||
3649 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES | 3649 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES |
3650 | 3650 | ||
3651 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used | 3651 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used |
3652 | internally to store the environment settings. The default | 3652 | internally to store the environment settings. The default |
3653 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | 3653 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most |
3654 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | 3654 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see |
3655 | lib/hashtable.c for details. | 3655 | lib/hashtable.c for details. |
3656 | 3656 | ||
3657 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3657 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3658 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3658 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3659 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when | 3659 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when |
3660 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | 3660 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, |
3661 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | 3661 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, |
3662 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | 3662 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. |
3663 | 3663 | ||
3664 | The format of the list is: | 3664 | The format of the list is: |
3665 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | 3665 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] |
3666 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] | 3666 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] |
3667 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] | 3667 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] |
3668 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] | 3668 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] |
3669 | list = entry[,list] | 3669 | list = entry[,list] |
3670 | 3670 | ||
3671 | The type attributes are: | 3671 | The type attributes are: |
3672 | s - String (default) | 3672 | s - String (default) |
3673 | d - Decimal | 3673 | d - Decimal |
3674 | x - Hexadecimal | 3674 | x - Hexadecimal |
3675 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | 3675 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) |
3676 | i - IP address | 3676 | i - IP address |
3677 | m - MAC address | 3677 | m - MAC address |
3678 | 3678 | ||
3679 | The access attributes are: | 3679 | The access attributes are: |
3680 | a - Any (default) | 3680 | a - Any (default) |
3681 | r - Read-only | 3681 | r - Read-only |
3682 | o - Write-once | 3682 | o - Write-once |
3683 | c - Change-default | 3683 | c - Change-default |
3684 | 3684 | ||
3685 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3685 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3686 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | 3686 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" |
3687 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 3687 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
3688 | 3688 | ||
3689 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3689 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3690 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | 3690 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that |
3691 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | 3691 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" |
3692 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static | 3692 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static |
3693 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | 3693 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the |
3694 | ".flags" variable. | 3694 | ".flags" variable. |
3695 | 3695 | ||
3696 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE | 3696 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE |
3697 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | 3697 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable |
3698 | access flags. | 3698 | access flags. |
3699 | 3699 | ||
3700 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD | 3700 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD |
3701 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | 3701 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the |
3702 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | 3702 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards |
3703 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | 3703 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the |
3704 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | 3704 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and |
3705 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | 3705 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture |
3706 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in | 3706 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in |
3707 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on | 3707 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on |
3708 | your board please report the problem and send patches! | 3708 | your board please report the problem and send patches! |
3709 | 3709 | ||
3710 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) | 3710 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) |
3711 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | 3711 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should |
3712 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | 3712 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how |
3713 | the value can be calulated on a given board. | 3713 | the value can be calulated on a given board. |
3714 | 3714 | ||
3715 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management | 3715 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management |
3716 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | 3716 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the |
3717 | following configurations: | 3717 | following configurations: |
3718 | 3718 | ||
3719 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: | 3719 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: |
3720 | 3720 | ||
3721 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | 3721 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils |
3722 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | 3722 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. |
3723 | 3723 | ||
3724 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: | 3724 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: |
3725 | 3725 | ||
3726 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | 3726 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. |
3727 | 3727 | ||
3728 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | 3728 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is |
3729 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | 3729 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This |
3730 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | 3730 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot |
3731 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | 3731 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller |
3732 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | 3732 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a |
3733 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | 3733 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In |
3734 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | 3734 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the |
3735 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | 3735 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With |
3736 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | 3736 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the |
3737 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | 3737 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap |
3738 | between U-Boot and the environment. | 3738 | between U-Boot and the environment. |
3739 | 3739 | ||
3740 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3740 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3741 | 3741 | ||
3742 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | 3742 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the |
3743 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | 3743 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot |
3744 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | 3744 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset |
3745 | for this sector is given here. | 3745 | for this sector is given here. |
3746 | 3746 | ||
3747 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. | 3747 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. |
3748 | 3748 | ||
3749 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3749 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3750 | 3750 | ||
3751 | This is just another way to specify the start address of | 3751 | This is just another way to specify the start address of |
3752 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | 3752 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of |
3753 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). | 3753 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). |
3754 | 3754 | ||
3755 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 3755 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
3756 | 3756 | ||
3757 | Size of the sector containing the environment. | 3757 | Size of the sector containing the environment. |
3758 | 3758 | ||
3759 | 3759 | ||
3760 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | 3760 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. |
3761 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | 3761 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for |
3762 | the environment. | 3762 | the environment. |
3763 | 3763 | ||
3764 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3764 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3765 | 3765 | ||
3766 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH | 3766 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH |
3767 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part | 3767 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part |
3768 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves | 3768 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves |
3769 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | 3769 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. |
3770 | 3770 | ||
3771 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | 3771 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this |
3772 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | 3772 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, |
3773 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | 3773 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used |
3774 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | 3774 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is |
3775 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | 3775 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: |
3776 | updating the environment in flash makes it always | 3776 | updating the environment in flash makes it always |
3777 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | 3777 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes |
3778 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | 3778 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in |
3779 | RAM, your target system will be dead. | 3779 | RAM, your target system will be dead. |
3780 | 3780 | ||
3781 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND | 3781 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND |
3782 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | 3782 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND |
3783 | 3783 | ||
3784 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold | 3784 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold |
3785 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is | 3785 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is |
3786 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during | 3786 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during |
3787 | a "saveenv" operation. | 3787 | a "saveenv" operation. |
3788 | 3788 | ||
3789 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | 3789 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the |
3790 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | 3790 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* |
3791 | accordingly! | 3791 | accordingly! |
3792 | 3792 | ||
3793 | 3793 | ||
3794 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: | 3794 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: |
3795 | 3795 | ||
3796 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | 3796 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device |
3797 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | 3797 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the |
3798 | environment. | 3798 | environment. |
3799 | 3799 | ||
3800 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3800 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3801 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3801 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3802 | 3802 | ||
3803 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you | 3803 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you |
3804 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory | 3804 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory |
3805 | can just be read and written to, without any special | 3805 | can just be read and written to, without any special |
3806 | provision. | 3806 | provision. |
3807 | 3807 | ||
3808 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | 3808 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early |
3809 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the | 3809 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the |
3810 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or | 3810 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or |
3811 | U-Boot will hang. | 3811 | U-Boot will hang. |
3812 | 3812 | ||
3813 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | 3813 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the |
3814 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | 3814 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to |
3815 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | 3815 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" |
3816 | to save the current settings. | 3816 | to save the current settings. |
3817 | 3817 | ||
3818 | 3818 | ||
3819 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: | 3819 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: |
3820 | 3820 | ||
3821 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | 3821 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access |
3822 | device and a driver for it. | 3822 | device and a driver for it. |
3823 | 3823 | ||
3824 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3824 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3825 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3825 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3826 | 3826 | ||
3827 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 3827 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the |
3828 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | 3828 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. |
3829 | 3829 | ||
3830 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: | 3830 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: |
3831 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. | 3831 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. |
3832 | The default address is zero. | 3832 | The default address is zero. |
3833 | 3833 | ||
3834 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: | 3834 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: |
3835 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a | 3835 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a |
3836 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example | 3836 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example |
3837 | would require six bits. | 3837 | would require six bits. |
3838 | 3838 | ||
3839 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: | 3839 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: |
3840 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between | 3840 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between |
3841 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. | 3841 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. |
3842 | 3842 | ||
3843 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: | 3843 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: |
3844 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note | 3844 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note |
3845 | that this is NOT the chip address length! | 3845 | that this is NOT the chip address length! |
3846 | 3846 | ||
3847 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: | 3847 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: |
3848 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones | 3848 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones |
3849 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | 3849 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of |
3850 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | 3850 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit |
3851 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | 3851 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 |
3852 | byte chips. | 3852 | byte chips. |
3853 | 3853 | ||
3854 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | 3854 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to |
3855 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | 3855 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden |
3856 | in the chip address. | 3856 | in the chip address. |
3857 | 3857 | ||
3858 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: | 3858 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: |
3859 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. | 3859 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. |
3860 | 3860 | ||
3861 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C | 3861 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C |
3862 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | 3862 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your |
3863 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | 3863 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. |
3864 | 3864 | ||
3865 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | 3865 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS |
3866 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | 3866 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over |
3867 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | 3867 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this |
3868 | EEPROM. For example: | 3868 | EEPROM. For example: |
3869 | 3869 | ||
3870 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 | 3870 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 |
3871 | 3871 | ||
3872 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | 3872 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over |
3873 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | 3873 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. |
3874 | 3874 | ||
3875 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: | 3875 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: |
3876 | 3876 | ||
3877 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you | 3877 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you |
3878 | want to use for the environment. | 3878 | want to use for the environment. |
3879 | 3879 | ||
3880 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3880 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3881 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3881 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3882 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3882 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3883 | 3883 | ||
3884 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | 3884 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the |
3885 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | 3885 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed |
3886 | at the specified address. | 3886 | at the specified address. |
3887 | 3887 | ||
3888 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: | 3888 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: |
3889 | 3889 | ||
3890 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | 3890 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you |
3891 | want to use for the local device's environment. | 3891 | want to use for the local device's environment. |
3892 | 3892 | ||
3893 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3893 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3894 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3894 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3895 | 3895 | ||
3896 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | 3896 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the |
3897 | environment area within the remote memory space. The | 3897 | environment area within the remote memory space. The |
3898 | local device can get the environment from remote memory | 3898 | local device can get the environment from remote memory |
3899 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. | 3899 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. |
3900 | 3900 | ||
3901 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | 3901 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use |
3902 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | 3902 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the |
3903 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, | 3903 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, |
3904 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | 3904 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. |
3905 | 3905 | ||
3906 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: | 3906 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: |
3907 | 3907 | ||
3908 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | 3908 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use |
3909 | for the environment. | 3909 | for the environment. |
3910 | 3910 | ||
3911 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3911 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3912 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3912 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3913 | 3913 | ||
3914 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 3914 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
3915 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 3915 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
3916 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 3916 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
3917 | 3917 | ||
3918 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 3918 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
3919 | 3919 | ||
3920 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 3920 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
3921 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 3921 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
3922 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 3922 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure |
3923 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 3923 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
3924 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 3924 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
3925 | 3925 | ||
3926 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | 3926 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): |
3927 | 3927 | ||
3928 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | 3928 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment |
3929 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | 3929 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's |
3930 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | 3930 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than |
3931 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | 3931 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within |
3932 | the range to be avoided. | 3932 | the range to be avoided. |
3933 | 3933 | ||
3934 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | 3934 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): |
3935 | 3935 | ||
3936 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | 3936 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the |
3937 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The | 3937 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The |
3938 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | 3938 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. |
3939 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | 3939 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when |
3940 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | 3940 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. |
3941 | 3941 | ||
3942 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST | 3942 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST |
3943 | 3943 | ||
3944 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | 3944 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the |
3945 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | 3945 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to |
3946 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 3946 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
3947 | 3947 | ||
3948 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: | 3948 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: |
3949 | 3949 | ||
3950 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | 3950 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the |
3951 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | 3951 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment |
3952 | accesses, which is important on NAND. | 3952 | accesses, which is important on NAND. |
3953 | 3953 | ||
3954 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | 3954 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: |
3955 | 3955 | ||
3956 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | 3956 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. |
3957 | 3957 | ||
3958 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | 3958 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: |
3959 | 3959 | ||
3960 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | 3960 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the |
3961 | environment in. | 3961 | environment in. |
3962 | 3962 | ||
3963 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: | 3963 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: |
3964 | 3964 | ||
3965 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | 3965 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of |
3966 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | 3966 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. |
3967 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | 3967 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. |
3968 | 3968 | ||
3969 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3969 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3970 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3970 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3971 | 3971 | ||
3972 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | 3972 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system |
3973 | when storing the env in UBI. | 3973 | when storing the env in UBI. |
3974 | 3974 | ||
3975 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: | 3975 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: |
3976 | 3976 | ||
3977 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | 3977 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the |
3978 | environment. | 3978 | environment. |
3979 | 3979 | ||
3980 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | 3980 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: |
3981 | 3981 | ||
3982 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | 3982 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. |
3983 | 3983 | ||
3984 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | 3984 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): |
3985 | 3985 | ||
3986 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | 3986 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not |
3987 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | 3987 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be |
3988 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | 3988 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). |
3989 | 3989 | ||
3990 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3990 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3991 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3991 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3992 | 3992 | ||
3993 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 3993 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
3994 | area within the specified MMC device. | 3994 | area within the specified MMC device. |
3995 | 3995 | ||
3996 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to | 3996 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to |
3997 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | 3997 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated |
3998 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | 3998 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if |
3999 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | 3999 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have |
4000 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | 4000 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the |
4001 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | 4001 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the |
4002 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | 4002 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. |
4003 | 4003 | ||
4004 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an | 4004 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an |
4005 | MMC sector boundary. | 4005 | MMC sector boundary. |
4006 | 4006 | ||
4007 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4007 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4008 | 4008 | ||
4009 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | 4009 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to |
4010 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | 4010 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a |
4011 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | 4011 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due |
4012 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | 4012 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. |
4013 | 4013 | ||
4014 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the | 4014 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the |
4015 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | 4015 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. |
4016 | 4016 | ||
4017 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to | 4017 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to |
4018 | an MMC sector boundary. | 4018 | an MMC sector boundary. |
4019 | 4019 | ||
4020 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | 4020 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): |
4021 | 4021 | ||
4022 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | 4022 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is |
4023 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | 4023 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as |
4024 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4024 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4025 | 4025 | ||
4026 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET | 4026 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET |
4027 | 4027 | ||
4028 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | 4028 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The |
4029 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | 4029 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment |
4030 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | 4030 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte |
4031 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | 4031 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization |
4032 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | 4032 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems |
4033 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | 4033 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the |
4034 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | 4034 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. |
4035 | 4035 | ||
4036 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor | 4036 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor |
4037 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been | 4037 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been |
4038 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() | 4038 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() |
4039 | until then to read environment variables. | 4039 | until then to read environment variables. |
4040 | 4040 | ||
4041 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor | 4041 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor |
4042 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | 4042 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working |
4043 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | 4043 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is |
4044 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | 4044 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the |
4045 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | 4045 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't |
4046 | have any device yet where we could complain.] | 4046 | have any device yet where we could complain.] |
4047 | 4047 | ||
4048 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | 4048 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if |
4049 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | 4049 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you |
4050 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. | 4050 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. |
4051 | 4051 | ||
4052 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: | 4052 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: |
4053 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. | 4053 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. |
4054 | 4054 | ||
4055 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR | 4055 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR |
4056 | also needs to be defined. | 4056 | also needs to be defined. |
4057 | 4057 | ||
4058 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: | 4058 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: |
4059 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. | 4059 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. |
4060 | 4060 | ||
4061 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: | 4061 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: |
4062 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | 4062 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init |
4063 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | 4063 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at |
4064 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving | 4064 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving |
4065 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | 4065 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not |
4066 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | 4066 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. |
4067 | 4067 | ||
4068 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO | 4068 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO |
4069 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | 4069 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on |
4070 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | 4070 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called |
4071 | to do this. | 4071 | to do this. |
4072 | 4072 | ||
4073 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE | 4073 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE |
4074 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | 4074 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information |
4075 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | 4075 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if |
4076 | present. | 4076 | present. |
4077 | 4077 | ||
4078 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: | 4078 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: |
4079 | --------------------------------------------------- | 4079 | --------------------------------------------------- |
4080 | 4080 | ||
4081 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: | 4081 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: |
4082 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. | 4082 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. |
4083 | 4083 | ||
4084 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: | 4084 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: |
4085 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. | 4085 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. |
4086 | 4086 | ||
4087 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, | 4087 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, |
4088 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | 4088 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of |
4089 | the IMMR register after a reset. | 4089 | the IMMR register after a reset. |
4090 | 4090 | ||
4091 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: | 4091 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: |
4092 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | 4092 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale |
4093 | PowerPC SOCs. | 4093 | PowerPC SOCs. |
4094 | 4094 | ||
4095 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | 4095 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: |
4096 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically | 4096 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically |
4097 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | 4097 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. |
4098 | 4098 | ||
4099 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | 4099 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, |
4100 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | 4100 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. |
4101 | 4101 | ||
4102 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | 4102 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: |
4103 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new | 4103 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new |
4104 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should | 4104 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should |
4105 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the | 4105 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the |
4106 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR | 4106 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR |
4107 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended | 4107 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended |
4108 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | 4108 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: |
4109 | 4109 | ||
4110 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | 4110 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH |
4111 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | 4111 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) |
4112 | 4112 | ||
4113 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | 4113 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: |
4114 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically | 4114 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically |
4115 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is | 4115 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is |
4116 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4116 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4117 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4117 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4118 | 4118 | ||
4119 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | 4119 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: |
4120 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is | 4120 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is |
4121 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4121 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4122 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4122 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4123 | 4123 | ||
4124 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | 4124 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: |
4125 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | 4125 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be |
4126 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | 4126 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. |
4127 | 4127 | ||
4128 | - Floppy Disk Support: | 4128 | - Floppy Disk Support: |
4129 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER | 4129 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER |
4130 | 4130 | ||
4131 | the default drive number (default value 0) | 4131 | the default drive number (default value 0) |
4132 | 4132 | ||
4133 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE | 4133 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE |
4134 | 4134 | ||
4135 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers | 4135 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers |
4136 | (default value 1) | 4136 | (default value 1) |
4137 | 4137 | ||
4138 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET | 4138 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET |
4139 | 4139 | ||
4140 | defines the offset of register from address. It | 4140 | defines the offset of register from address. It |
4141 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | 4141 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to |
4142 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) | 4142 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) |
4143 | 4143 | ||
4144 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and | 4144 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and |
4145 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | 4145 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their |
4146 | default value. | 4146 | default value. |
4147 | 4147 | ||
4148 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function | 4148 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function |
4149 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC | 4149 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC |
4150 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | 4150 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board |
4151 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant | 4151 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant |
4152 | initializations. | 4152 | initializations. |
4153 | 4153 | ||
4154 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: | 4154 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: |
4155 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | 4155 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI |
4156 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | 4156 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. |
4157 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | 4157 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to |
4158 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | 4158 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional |
4159 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | 4159 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller |
4160 | is requierd. | 4160 | is requierd. |
4161 | 4161 | ||
4162 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. | 4162 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. |
4163 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're | 4163 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're |
4164 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] | 4164 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] |
4165 | 4165 | ||
4166 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: | 4166 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: |
4167 | 4167 | ||
4168 | Start address of memory area that can be used for | 4168 | Start address of memory area that can be used for |
4169 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be | 4169 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be |
4170 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | 4170 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special |
4171 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | 4171 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which |
4172 | will become available only after programming the | 4172 | will become available only after programming the |
4173 | memory controller and running certain initialization | 4173 | memory controller and running certain initialization |
4174 | sequences. | 4174 | sequences. |
4175 | 4175 | ||
4176 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | 4176 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: |
4177 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | 4177 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) |
4178 | - MPC824X: data cache | 4178 | - MPC824X: data cache |
4179 | - PPC4xx: data cache | 4179 | - PPC4xx: data cache |
4180 | 4180 | ||
4181 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: | 4181 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: |
4182 | 4182 | ||
4183 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | 4183 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory |
4184 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually | 4184 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually |
4185 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | 4185 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial |
4186 | data is located at the end of the available space | 4186 | data is located at the end of the available space |
4187 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - | 4187 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - |
4188 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just | 4188 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just |
4189 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | 4189 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + |
4190 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | 4190 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. |
4191 | 4191 | ||
4192 | Note: | 4192 | Note: |
4193 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | 4193 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data |
4194 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | 4194 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for |
4195 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must | 4195 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must |
4196 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between | 4196 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between |
4197 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | 4197 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. |
4198 | 4198 | ||
4199 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) | 4199 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) |
4200 | 4200 | ||
4201 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) | 4201 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) |
4202 | 4202 | ||
4203 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) | 4203 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) |
4204 | 4204 | ||
4205 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) | 4205 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) |
4206 | 4206 | ||
4207 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) | 4207 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) |
4208 | 4208 | ||
4209 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) | 4209 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) |
4210 | 4210 | ||
4211 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: | 4211 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: |
4212 | SDRAM timing | 4212 | SDRAM timing |
4213 | 4213 | ||
4214 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: | 4214 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: |
4215 | periodic timer for refresh | 4215 | periodic timer for refresh |
4216 | 4216 | ||
4217 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) | 4217 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) |
4218 | 4218 | ||
4219 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, | 4219 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, |
4220 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | 4220 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, |
4221 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | 4221 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, |
4222 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | 4222 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: |
4223 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) | 4223 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) |
4224 | 4224 | ||
4225 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | 4225 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, |
4226 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, | 4226 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, |
4227 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | 4227 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: |
4228 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) | 4228 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) |
4229 | 4229 | ||
4230 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, | 4230 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, |
4231 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | 4231 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: |
4232 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer | 4232 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer |
4233 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | 4233 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) |
4234 | 4234 | ||
4235 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4235 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4236 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4236 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4237 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | 4237 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] |
4238 | 4238 | ||
4239 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4239 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4240 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4240 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4241 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | 4241 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] |
4242 | 4242 | ||
4243 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4243 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4244 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4244 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4245 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | 4245 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] |
4246 | 4246 | ||
4247 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: | 4247 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: |
4248 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, | 4248 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, |
4249 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | 4249 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read |
4250 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | 4250 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! |
4251 | 4251 | ||
4252 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) | 4252 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) |
4253 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post | 4253 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post |
4254 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | 4254 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides |
4255 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | 4255 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. |
4256 | cpm_8260.h. | 4256 | cpm_8260.h. |
4257 | 4257 | ||
4258 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4258 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4259 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | 4259 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, |
4260 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | 4260 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, |
4261 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4261 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4262 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | 4262 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, |
4263 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | 4263 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, |
4264 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | 4264 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, |
4265 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | 4265 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) |
4266 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. | 4266 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. |
4267 | 4267 | ||
4268 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: | 4268 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: |
4269 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | 4269 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not |
4270 | required. | 4270 | required. |
4271 | 4271 | ||
4272 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY | 4272 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY |
4273 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. | 4273 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. |
4274 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | 4274 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or |
4275 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | 4275 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it |
4276 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | 4276 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted |
4277 | by coreboot or similar. | 4277 | by coreboot or similar. |
4278 | 4278 | ||
4279 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: | 4279 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: |
4280 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | 4280 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. |
4281 | 4281 | ||
4282 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: | 4282 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: |
4283 | Chip has SRIO or not | 4283 | Chip has SRIO or not |
4284 | 4284 | ||
4285 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | 4285 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: |
4286 | Board has SRIO 1 port available | 4286 | Board has SRIO 1 port available |
4287 | 4287 | ||
4288 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | 4288 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: |
4289 | Board has SRIO 2 port available | 4289 | Board has SRIO 2 port available |
4290 | 4290 | ||
4291 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER | 4291 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER |
4292 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE | 4292 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE |
4293 | 4293 | ||
4294 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | 4294 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: |
4295 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4295 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4296 | 4296 | ||
4297 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | 4297 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: |
4298 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4298 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4299 | 4299 | ||
4300 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | 4300 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: |
4301 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4301 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4302 | 4302 | ||
4303 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT | 4303 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT |
4304 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | 4304 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using |
4305 | a 16 bit bus. | 4305 | a 16 bit bus. |
4306 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | 4306 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. |
4307 | Example of drivers that use it: | 4307 | Example of drivers that use it: |
4308 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c | 4308 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c |
4309 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c | 4309 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c |
4310 | 4310 | ||
4311 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | 4311 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG |
4312 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | 4312 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined |
4313 | a default value will be used. | 4313 | a default value will be used. |
4314 | 4314 | ||
4315 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 4315 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
4316 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common | 4316 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common |
4317 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | 4317 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs |
4318 | 4318 | ||
4319 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS | 4319 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS |
4320 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | 4320 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM |
4321 | 4321 | ||
4322 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 4322 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
4323 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first | 4323 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first |
4324 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | 4324 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve |
4325 | to something your driver can deal with. | 4325 | to something your driver can deal with. |
4326 | 4326 | ||
4327 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING | 4327 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING |
4328 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | 4328 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with |
4329 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | 4329 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing |
4330 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | 4330 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into |
4331 | header files or board specific files. | 4331 | header files or board specific files. |
4332 | 4332 | ||
4333 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE | 4333 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE |
4334 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | 4334 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. |
4335 | 4335 | ||
4336 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 | 4336 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 |
4337 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should | 4337 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should |
4338 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | 4338 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. |
4339 | 4339 | ||
4340 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] | 4340 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] |
4341 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | 4341 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. |
4342 | 4342 | ||
4343 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | 4343 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY |
4344 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | 4344 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds |
4345 | to the given FEC; i. e. | 4345 | to the given FEC; i. e. |
4346 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | 4346 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 |
4347 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 | 4347 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 |
4348 | 4348 | ||
4349 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | 4349 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. |
4350 | 4350 | ||
4351 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | 4351 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR |
4352 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | 4352 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). |
4353 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | 4353 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). |
4354 | 4354 | ||
4355 | - CONFIG_RMII | 4355 | - CONFIG_RMII |
4356 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | 4356 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. |
4357 | Note that this is a global option, we can't | 4357 | Note that this is a global option, we can't |
4358 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | 4358 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. |
4359 | 4359 | ||
4360 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY | 4360 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY |
4361 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | 4361 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. |
4362 | The syntax is: | 4362 | The syntax is: |
4363 | 4363 | ||
4364 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | 4364 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> |
4365 | 4365 | ||
4366 | Where address/count indicate a memory area | 4366 | Where address/count indicate a memory area |
4367 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | 4367 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the |
4368 | area should have. | 4368 | area should have. |
4369 | 4369 | ||
4370 | - CONFIG_LOOPW | 4370 | - CONFIG_LOOPW |
4371 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | 4371 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if |
4372 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4372 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4373 | 4373 | ||
4374 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC | 4374 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC |
4375 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | 4375 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic |
4376 | "md/mw" commands. | 4376 | "md/mw" commands. |
4377 | Examples: | 4377 | Examples: |
4378 | 4378 | ||
4379 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 | 4379 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 |
4380 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. | 4380 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. |
4381 | 4381 | ||
4382 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 | 4382 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 |
4383 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. | 4383 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. |
4384 | 4384 | ||
4385 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated | 4385 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated |
4386 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4386 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4387 | 4387 | ||
4388 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT | 4388 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT |
4389 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain | 4389 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain |
4390 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory | 4390 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory |
4391 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | 4391 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not |
4392 | relocate itself into RAM. | 4392 | relocate itself into RAM. |
4393 | 4393 | ||
4394 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | 4394 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only |
4395 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | 4395 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some |
4396 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | 4396 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs |
4397 | these initializations itself. | 4397 | these initializations itself. |
4398 | 4398 | ||
4399 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 4399 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
4400 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4400 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4401 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | 4401 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when |
4402 | compiling a NAND SPL. | 4402 | compiling a NAND SPL. |
4403 | 4403 | ||
4404 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD | 4404 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD |
4405 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4405 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4406 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. | 4406 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. |
4407 | It is loaded by the SPL. | 4407 | It is loaded by the SPL. |
4408 | 4408 | ||
4409 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC | 4409 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC |
4410 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section | 4410 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section |
4411 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the | 4411 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the |
4412 | previous 4k of the .text section. | 4412 | previous 4k of the .text section. |
4413 | 4413 | ||
4414 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM | 4414 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM |
4415 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | 4415 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses |
4416 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | 4416 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard |
4417 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | 4417 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated |
4418 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | 4418 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since |
4419 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | 4419 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all |
4420 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | 4420 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses |
4421 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | 4421 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). |
4422 | 4422 | ||
4423 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY | 4423 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY |
4424 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | 4424 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET |
4425 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | 4425 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will |
4426 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | 4426 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some |
4427 | conditions but may increase the binary size. | 4427 | conditions but may increase the binary size. |
4428 | 4428 | ||
4429 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR | 4429 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR |
4430 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | 4430 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not |
4431 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | 4431 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. |
4432 | 4432 | ||
4433 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK | 4433 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK |
4434 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | 4434 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). |
4435 | 4435 | ||
4436 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | 4436 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. |
4437 | 4437 | ||
4438 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: | 4438 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: |
4439 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms | 4439 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms |
4440 | 4440 | ||
4441 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: | 4441 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: |
4442 | ----------------------------------- | 4442 | ----------------------------------- |
4443 | 4443 | ||
4444 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | 4444 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the |
4445 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | 4445 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. |
4446 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 4446 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros |
4447 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 4447 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address |
4448 | within that device. | 4448 | within that device. |
4449 | 4449 | ||
4450 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR | 4450 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR |
4451 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The | 4451 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The |
4452 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4452 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4453 | is also specified. | 4453 | is also specified. |
4454 | 4454 | ||
4455 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | 4455 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH |
4456 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | 4456 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format |
4457 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 4457 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it |
4458 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 4458 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some |
4459 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 4459 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. |
4460 | 4460 | ||
4461 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | 4461 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR |
4462 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 4462 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as |
4463 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | 4463 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the |
4464 | virtual address in NOR flash. | 4464 | virtual address in NOR flash. |
4465 | 4465 | ||
4466 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | 4466 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND |
4467 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | 4467 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. |
4468 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | 4468 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. |
4469 | 4469 | ||
4470 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | 4470 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC |
4471 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | 4471 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC |
4472 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4472 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4473 | 4473 | ||
4474 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | 4474 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH |
4475 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | 4475 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI |
4476 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4476 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4477 | 4477 | ||
4478 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE | 4478 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE |
4479 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | 4479 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) |
4480 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | 4480 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which |
4481 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound | 4481 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound |
4482 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | 4482 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in |
4483 | master's memory space. | 4483 | master's memory space. |
4484 | 4484 | ||
4485 | Building the Software: | 4485 | Building the Software: |
4486 | ====================== | 4486 | ====================== |
4487 | 4487 | ||
4488 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments | 4488 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments |
4489 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | 4489 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support |
4490 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | 4490 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all |
4491 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | 4491 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we |
4492 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | 4492 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) |
4493 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | 4493 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. |
4494 | 4494 | ||
4495 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you | 4495 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you |
4496 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | 4496 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, |
4497 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | 4497 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. |
4498 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | 4498 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are |
4499 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | 4499 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: |
4500 | 4500 | ||
4501 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- | 4501 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- |
4502 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | 4502 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE |
4503 | 4503 | ||
4504 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in | 4504 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in |
4505 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | 4505 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain |
4506 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | 4506 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW |
4507 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: | 4507 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: |
4508 | 4508 | ||
4509 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | 4509 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools |
4510 | 4510 | ||
4511 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | 4511 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can |
4512 | be executed on computers running Windows. | 4512 | be executed on computers running Windows. |
4513 | 4513 | ||
4514 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the | 4514 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the |
4515 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | 4515 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This |
4516 | is done by typing: | 4516 | is done by typing: |
4517 | 4517 | ||
4518 | make NAME_config | 4518 | make NAME_config |
4519 | 4519 | ||
4520 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- | 4520 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- |
4521 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. | 4521 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. |
4522 | 4522 | ||
4523 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if | 4523 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if |
4524 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | 4524 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for |
4525 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | 4525 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) |
4526 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | 4526 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" |
4527 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. | 4527 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. |
4528 | 4528 | ||
4529 | make TQM823L_config | 4529 | make TQM823L_config |
4530 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | 4530 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support |
4531 | 4531 | ||
4532 | make TQM823L_LCD_config | 4532 | make TQM823L_LCD_config |
4533 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | 4533 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD |
4534 | 4534 | ||
4535 | etc. | 4535 | etc. |
4536 | 4536 | ||
4537 | 4537 | ||
4538 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | 4538 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot |
4539 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | 4539 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: |
4540 | 4540 | ||
4541 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | 4541 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image |
4542 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | 4542 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format |
4543 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | 4543 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format |
4544 | 4544 | ||
4545 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved | 4545 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved |
4546 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | 4546 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change |
4547 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | 4547 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: |
4548 | 4548 | ||
4549 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | 4549 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: |
4550 | 4550 | ||
4551 | make O=/tmp/build distclean | 4551 | make O=/tmp/build distclean |
4552 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config | 4552 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config |
4553 | make O=/tmp/build all | 4553 | make O=/tmp/build all |
4554 | 4554 | ||
4555 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: | 4555 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: |
4556 | 4556 | ||
4557 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4557 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4558 | make distclean | 4558 | make distclean |
4559 | make NAME_config | 4559 | make NAME_config |
4560 | make all | 4560 | make all |
4561 | 4561 | ||
4562 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment | 4562 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment |
4563 | variable. | 4563 | variable. |
4564 | 4564 | ||
4565 | 4565 | ||
4566 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | 4566 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so |
4567 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | 4567 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of |
4568 | native "make". | 4568 | native "make". |
4569 | 4569 | ||
4570 | 4570 | ||
4571 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | 4571 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need |
4572 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | 4572 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these |
4573 | steps: | 4573 | steps: |
4574 | 4574 | ||
4575 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | 4575 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel |
4576 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. | 4576 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. |
4577 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | 4577 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. |
4578 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any | 4578 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any |
4579 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | 4579 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least |
4580 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | 4580 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". |
4581 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | 4581 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for |
4582 | your board | 4582 | your board |
4583 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | 4583 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new |
4584 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | 4584 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. |
4585 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. | 4585 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. |
4586 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | 4586 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file |
4587 | to be installed on your target system. | 4587 | to be installed on your target system. |
4588 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | 4588 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. |
4589 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | 4589 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] |
4590 | 4590 | ||
4591 | 4591 | ||
4592 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | 4592 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: |
4593 | ============================================================== | 4593 | ============================================================== |
4594 | 4594 | ||
4595 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board | 4595 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board |
4596 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | 4596 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to |
4597 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes | 4597 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes |
4598 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | 4598 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest |
4599 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. | 4599 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. |
4600 | 4600 | ||
4601 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- | 4601 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- |
4602 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | 4602 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of |
4603 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, | 4603 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, |
4604 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | 4604 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot |
4605 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can | 4605 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can |
4606 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | 4606 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' |
4607 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | 4607 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools |
4608 | you can type | 4608 | you can type |
4609 | 4609 | ||
4610 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4610 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4611 | 4611 | ||
4612 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | 4612 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type |
4613 | 4613 | ||
4614 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | 4614 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL |
4615 | 4615 | ||
4616 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build | 4616 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build |
4617 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | 4617 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by |
4618 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | 4618 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target |
4619 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | 4619 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and |
4620 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | 4620 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default |
4621 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | 4621 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment |
4622 | variable. For example: | 4622 | variable. For example: |
4623 | 4623 | ||
4624 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4624 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4625 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | 4625 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log |
4626 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4626 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4627 | 4627 | ||
4628 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, | 4628 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, |
4629 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | 4629 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean |
4630 | during the whole build process. | 4630 | during the whole build process. |
4631 | 4631 | ||
4632 | 4632 | ||
4633 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. | 4633 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. |
4634 | 4634 | ||
4635 | 4635 | ||
4636 | Monitor Commands - Overview: | 4636 | Monitor Commands - Overview: |
4637 | ============================ | 4637 | ============================ |
4638 | 4638 | ||
4639 | go - start application at address 'addr' | 4639 | go - start application at address 'addr' |
4640 | run - run commands in an environment variable | 4640 | run - run commands in an environment variable |
4641 | bootm - boot application image from memory | 4641 | bootm - boot application image from memory |
4642 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | 4642 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol |
4643 | bootz - boot zImage from memory | 4643 | bootz - boot zImage from memory |
4644 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol | 4644 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol |
4645 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | 4645 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" |
4646 | (and eventually "gatewayip") | 4646 | (and eventually "gatewayip") |
4647 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol | 4647 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol |
4648 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol | 4648 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol |
4649 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | 4649 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' |
4650 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line | 4650 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line |
4651 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | 4651 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) |
4652 | md - memory display | 4652 | md - memory display |
4653 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) | 4653 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) |
4654 | nm - memory modify (constant address) | 4654 | nm - memory modify (constant address) |
4655 | mw - memory write (fill) | 4655 | mw - memory write (fill) |
4656 | cp - memory copy | 4656 | cp - memory copy |
4657 | cmp - memory compare | 4657 | cmp - memory compare |
4658 | crc32 - checksum calculation | 4658 | crc32 - checksum calculation |
4659 | i2c - I2C sub-system | 4659 | i2c - I2C sub-system |
4660 | sspi - SPI utility commands | 4660 | sspi - SPI utility commands |
4661 | base - print or set address offset | 4661 | base - print or set address offset |
4662 | printenv- print environment variables | 4662 | printenv- print environment variables |
4663 | setenv - set environment variables | 4663 | setenv - set environment variables |
4664 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | 4664 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage |
4665 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | 4665 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection |
4666 | erase - erase FLASH memory | 4666 | erase - erase FLASH memory |
4667 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information | 4667 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information |
4668 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) | 4668 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) |
4669 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure | 4669 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure |
4670 | iminfo - print header information for application image | 4670 | iminfo - print header information for application image |
4671 | coninfo - print console devices and informations | 4671 | coninfo - print console devices and informations |
4672 | ide - IDE sub-system | 4672 | ide - IDE sub-system |
4673 | loop - infinite loop on address range | 4673 | loop - infinite loop on address range |
4674 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range | 4674 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range |
4675 | mtest - simple RAM test | 4675 | mtest - simple RAM test |
4676 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache | 4676 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache |
4677 | dcache - enable or disable data cache | 4677 | dcache - enable or disable data cache |
4678 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU | 4678 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU |
4679 | echo - echo args to console | 4679 | echo - echo args to console |
4680 | version - print monitor version | 4680 | version - print monitor version |
4681 | help - print online help | 4681 | help - print online help |
4682 | ? - alias for 'help' | 4682 | ? - alias for 'help' |
4683 | 4683 | ||
4684 | 4684 | ||
4685 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | 4685 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: |
4686 | ======================================== | 4686 | ======================================== |
4687 | 4687 | ||
4688 | TODO. | 4688 | TODO. |
4689 | 4689 | ||
4690 | For now: just type "help <command>". | 4690 | For now: just type "help <command>". |
4691 | 4691 | ||
4692 | 4692 | ||
4693 | Environment Variables: | 4693 | Environment Variables: |
4694 | ====================== | 4694 | ====================== |
4695 | 4695 | ||
4696 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | 4696 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which |
4697 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | 4697 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. |
4698 | 4698 | ||
4699 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using | 4699 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using |
4700 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | 4700 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" |
4701 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | 4701 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the |
4702 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | 4702 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are |
4703 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | 4703 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the |
4704 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | 4704 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. |
4705 | 4705 | ||
4706 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. | 4706 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. |
4707 | 4707 | ||
4708 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | 4708 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): |
4709 | 4709 | ||
4710 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE | 4710 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE |
4711 | 4711 | ||
4712 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 4712 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
4713 | 4713 | ||
4714 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 4714 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
4715 | 4715 | ||
4716 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image | 4716 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image |
4717 | 4717 | ||
4718 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP | 4718 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP |
4719 | 4719 | ||
4720 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4720 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4721 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4721 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4722 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | 4722 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed |
4723 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | 4723 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" |
4724 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | 4724 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is |
4725 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | 4725 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux |
4726 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and | 4726 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and |
4727 | bootm_mapsize. | 4727 | bootm_mapsize. |
4728 | 4728 | ||
4729 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. | 4729 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. |
4730 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it | 4730 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it |
4731 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | 4731 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base |
4732 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | 4732 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel |
4733 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | 4733 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used |
4734 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | 4734 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is |
4735 | used otherwise. | 4735 | used otherwise. |
4736 | 4736 | ||
4737 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4737 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4738 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4738 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4739 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | 4739 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region |
4740 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | 4740 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" |
4741 | environment variable. | 4741 | environment variable. |
4742 | 4742 | ||
4743 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used | 4743 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used |
4744 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | 4744 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to |
4745 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | 4745 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. |
4746 | 4746 | ||
4747 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), | 4747 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), |
4748 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | 4748 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the |
4749 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | 4749 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to |
4750 | load any image using TFTP | 4750 | load any image using TFTP |
4751 | 4751 | ||
4752 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", | 4752 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", |
4753 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | 4753 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will |
4754 | be automatically started (by internally calling | 4754 | be automatically started (by internally calling |
4755 | "bootm") | 4755 | "bootm") |
4756 | 4756 | ||
4757 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the | 4757 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the |
4758 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | 4758 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address |
4759 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | 4759 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. |
4760 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | 4760 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary |
4761 | data. | 4761 | data. |
4762 | 4762 | ||
4763 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the | 4763 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the |
4764 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | 4764 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. |
4765 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory | 4765 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory |
4766 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | 4766 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel |
4767 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | 4767 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you |
4768 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | 4768 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the |
4769 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | 4769 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address |
4770 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | 4770 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can |
4771 | access it during the boot procedure. | 4771 | access it during the boot procedure. |
4772 | 4772 | ||
4773 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then | 4773 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then |
4774 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this | 4774 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this |
4775 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | 4775 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have |
4776 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | 4776 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to |
4777 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | 4777 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory |
4778 | must be accessible by the kernel. | 4778 | must be accessible by the kernel. |
4779 | 4779 | ||
4780 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened | 4780 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened |
4781 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | 4781 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is |
4782 | defined. | 4782 | defined. |
4783 | 4783 | ||
4784 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 4784 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
4785 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | 4785 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast |
4786 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | 4786 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in |
4787 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | 4787 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective |
4788 | it must be saved and board must be reset. | 4788 | it must be saved and board must be reset. |
4789 | 4789 | ||
4790 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: | 4790 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: |
4791 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | 4791 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be |
4792 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | 4792 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this |
4793 | is usually what you want since it allows for | 4793 | is usually what you want since it allows for |
4794 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | 4794 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to |
4795 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | 4795 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the |
4796 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment | 4796 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment |
4797 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". | 4797 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". |
4798 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | 4798 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper |
4799 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | 4799 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it |
4800 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | 4800 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). |
4801 | 4801 | ||
4802 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB | 4802 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB |
4803 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | 4803 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, |
4804 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | 4804 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of |
4805 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | 4805 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make |
4806 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | 4806 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first |
4807 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | 4807 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with |
4808 | 4808 | ||
4809 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 | 4809 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 |
4810 | 4810 | ||
4811 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an | 4811 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an |
4812 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | 4812 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal |
4813 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | 4813 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash |
4814 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | 4814 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the |
4815 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | 4815 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the |
4816 | boot time on your system, but requires that this | 4816 | boot time on your system, but requires that this |
4817 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | 4817 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. |
4818 | 4818 | ||
4819 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 4819 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
4820 | 4820 | ||
4821 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", | 4821 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", |
4822 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | 4822 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" |
4823 | 4823 | ||
4824 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 4824 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
4825 | 4825 | ||
4826 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 4826 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
4827 | 4827 | ||
4828 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 4828 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
4829 | 4829 | ||
4830 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 4830 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
4831 | 4831 | ||
4832 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 4832 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
4833 | 4833 | ||
4834 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. | 4834 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. |
4835 | 4835 | ||
4836 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. | 4836 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. |
4837 | For example you can do the following | 4837 | For example you can do the following |
4838 | 4838 | ||
4839 | => setenv ethact FEC | 4839 | => setenv ethact FEC |
4840 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | 4840 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC |
4841 | => setenv ethact SCC | 4841 | => setenv ethact SCC |
4842 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | 4842 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC |
4843 | 4843 | ||
4844 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all | 4844 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all |
4845 | available network interfaces. | 4845 | available network interfaces. |
4846 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | 4846 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. |
4847 | 4847 | ||
4848 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will | 4848 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will |
4849 | either succeed or fail without retrying. | 4849 | either succeed or fail without retrying. |
4850 | When set to "once" the network operation will | 4850 | When set to "once" the network operation will |
4851 | fail when all the available network interfaces | 4851 | fail when all the available network interfaces |
4852 | are tried once without success. | 4852 | are tried once without success. |
4853 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | 4853 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation |
4854 | themselves. | 4854 | themselves. |
4855 | 4855 | ||
4856 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode | 4856 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode |
4857 | 4857 | ||
4858 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by | 4858 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by |
4859 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be | 4859 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be |
4860 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If | 4860 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If |
4861 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console | 4861 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console |
4862 | is silent. | 4862 | is silent. |
4863 | 4863 | ||
4864 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's | 4864 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's |
4865 | UDP source port. | 4865 | UDP source port. |
4866 | 4866 | ||
4867 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP | 4867 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP |
4868 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | 4868 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. |
4869 | 4869 | ||
4870 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, | 4870 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, |
4871 | we use the TFTP server's default block size | 4871 | we use the TFTP server's default block size |
4872 | 4872 | ||
4873 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | 4873 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- |
4874 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | 4874 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines |
4875 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | 4875 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to |
4876 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | 4876 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. |
4877 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | 4877 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed |
4878 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | 4878 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or |
4879 | with unreliable TFTP servers. | 4879 | with unreliable TFTP servers. |
4880 | 4880 | ||
4881 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | 4881 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over |
4882 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q | 4882 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q |
4883 | VLAN tagged frames. | 4883 | VLAN tagged frames. |
4884 | 4884 | ||
4885 | The following image location variables contain the location of images | 4885 | The following image location variables contain the location of images |
4886 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | 4886 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is |
4887 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | 4887 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment |
4888 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | 4888 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP |
4889 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | 4889 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be |
4890 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | 4890 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR |
4891 | flash or offset in NAND flash. | 4891 | flash or offset in NAND flash. |
4892 | 4892 | ||
4893 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | 4893 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some |
4894 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some | 4894 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some |
4895 | boards use these variables for other purposes. | 4895 | boards use these variables for other purposes. |
4896 | 4896 | ||
4897 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location | 4897 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location |
4898 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- | 4898 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- |
4899 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr | 4899 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr |
4900 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr | 4900 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr |
4901 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr | 4901 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr |
4902 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr | 4902 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr |
4903 | 4903 | ||
4904 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically | 4904 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically |
4905 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | 4905 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), |
4906 | depending the information provided by your boot server: | 4906 | depending the information provided by your boot server: |
4907 | 4907 | ||
4908 | bootfile - see above | 4908 | bootfile - see above |
4909 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server | 4909 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server |
4910 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | 4910 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server |
4911 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | 4911 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use |
4912 | hostname - Target hostname | 4912 | hostname - Target hostname |
4913 | ipaddr - see above | 4913 | ipaddr - see above |
4914 | netmask - Subnet Mask | 4914 | netmask - Subnet Mask |
4915 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | 4915 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server |
4916 | serverip - see above | 4916 | serverip - see above |
4917 | 4917 | ||
4918 | 4918 | ||
4919 | There are two special Environment Variables: | 4919 | There are two special Environment Variables: |
4920 | 4920 | ||
4921 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such | 4921 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such |
4922 | as type string and/or serial number | 4922 | as type string and/or serial number |
4923 | ethaddr - Ethernet address | 4923 | ethaddr - Ethernet address |
4924 | 4924 | ||
4925 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of | 4925 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of |
4926 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | 4926 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables |
4927 | once they have been set once. | 4927 | once they have been set once. |
4928 | 4928 | ||
4929 | 4929 | ||
4930 | Further special Environment Variables: | 4930 | Further special Environment Variables: |
4931 | 4931 | ||
4932 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed | 4932 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed |
4933 | with the "version" command. This variable is | 4933 | with the "version" command. This variable is |
4934 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | 4934 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). |
4935 | 4935 | ||
4936 | 4936 | ||
4937 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take | 4937 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take |
4938 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | 4938 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). |
4939 | 4939 | ||
4940 | 4940 | ||
4941 | Callback functions for environment variables: | 4941 | Callback functions for environment variables: |
4942 | --------------------------------------------- | 4942 | --------------------------------------------- |
4943 | 4943 | ||
4944 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | 4944 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change |
4945 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to | 4945 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to |
4946 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or | 4946 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or |
4947 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | 4947 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side |
4948 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | 4948 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. |
4949 | 4949 | ||
4950 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | 4950 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the |
4951 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | 4951 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. |
4952 | 4952 | ||
4953 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The | 4953 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The |
4954 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | 4954 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC |
4955 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | 4955 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of |
4956 | associations. The list must be in the following format: | 4956 | associations. The list must be in the following format: |
4957 | 4957 | ||
4958 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | 4958 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] |
4959 | list = entry[,list] | 4959 | list = entry[,list] |
4960 | 4960 | ||
4961 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | 4961 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. |
4962 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | 4962 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. |
4963 | 4963 | ||
4964 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | 4964 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable |
4965 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will | 4965 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will |
4966 | override any association in the static list. You can define | 4966 | override any association in the static list. You can define |
4967 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | 4967 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the |
4968 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 4968 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
4969 | 4969 | ||
4970 | 4970 | ||
4971 | Command Line Parsing: | 4971 | Command Line Parsing: |
4972 | ===================== | 4972 | ===================== |
4973 | 4973 | ||
4974 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: | 4974 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: |
4975 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | 4975 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: |
4976 | 4976 | ||
4977 | Old, simple command line parser: | 4977 | Old, simple command line parser: |
4978 | -------------------------------- | 4978 | -------------------------------- |
4979 | 4979 | ||
4980 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) | 4980 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) |
4981 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | 4981 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' |
4982 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax | 4982 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax |
4983 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', | 4983 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', |
4984 | for example: | 4984 | for example: |
4985 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} | 4985 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} |
4986 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: | 4986 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: |
4987 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | 4987 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' |
4988 | 4988 | ||
4989 | Hush shell: | 4989 | Hush shell: |
4990 | ----------- | 4990 | ----------- |
4991 | 4991 | ||
4992 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like | 4992 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like |
4993 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | 4993 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, |
4994 | until...do...done, ... | 4994 | until...do...done, ... |
4995 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | 4995 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv |
4996 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | 4996 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax |
4997 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | 4997 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" |
4998 | command | 4998 | command |
4999 | 4999 | ||
5000 | General rules: | 5000 | General rules: |
5001 | -------------- | 5001 | -------------- |
5002 | 5002 | ||
5003 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" | 5003 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" |
5004 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | 5004 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and |
5005 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | 5005 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be |
5006 | executed anyway. | 5006 | executed anyway. |
5007 | 5007 | ||
5008 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. | 5008 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. |
5009 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing | 5009 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing |
5010 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining | 5010 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining |
5011 | variables are not executed. | 5011 | variables are not executed. |
5012 | 5012 | ||
5013 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: | 5013 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: |
5014 | ======================================= | 5014 | ======================================= |
5015 | 5015 | ||
5016 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports | 5016 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports |
5017 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a | 5017 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a |
5018 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | 5018 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: |
5019 | 5019 | ||
5020 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding | 5020 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding |
5021 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | 5021 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), |
5022 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | 5022 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... |
5023 | 5023 | ||
5024 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance | 5024 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance |
5025 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | 5025 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- |
5026 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | 5026 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment |
5027 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | 5027 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: |
5028 | 5028 | ||
5029 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the | 5029 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the |
5030 | environment, the SROM's address is used. | 5030 | environment, the SROM's address is used. |
5031 | 5031 | ||
5032 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the | 5032 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the |
5033 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | 5033 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is |
5034 | used. | 5034 | used. |
5035 | 5035 | ||
5036 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and | 5036 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and |
5037 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | 5037 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. |
5038 | 5038 | ||
5039 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the | 5039 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the |
5040 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | 5040 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a |
5041 | warning is printed. | 5041 | warning is printed. |
5042 | 5042 | ||
5043 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error | 5043 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error |
5044 | is raised. | 5044 | is raised. |
5045 | 5045 | ||
5046 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses | 5046 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses |
5047 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This | 5047 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This |
5048 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. | 5048 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. |
5049 | The naming convention is as follows: | 5049 | The naming convention is as follows: |
5050 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | 5050 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. |
5051 | 5051 | ||
5052 | Image Formats: | 5052 | Image Formats: |
5053 | ============== | 5053 | ============== |
5054 | 5054 | ||
5055 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) | 5055 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) |
5056 | images in two formats: | 5056 | images in two formats: |
5057 | 5057 | ||
5058 | New uImage format (FIT) | 5058 | New uImage format (FIT) |
5059 | ----------------------- | 5059 | ----------------------- |
5060 | 5060 | ||
5061 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | 5061 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar |
5062 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | 5062 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple |
5063 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | 5063 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by |
5064 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | 5064 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. |
5065 | 5065 | ||
5066 | 5066 | ||
5067 | Old uImage format | 5067 | Old uImage format |
5068 | ----------------- | 5068 | ----------------- |
5069 | 5069 | ||
5070 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | 5070 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, |
5071 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | 5071 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for |
5072 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | 5072 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: |
5073 | 5073 | ||
5074 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, | 5074 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, |
5075 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | 5075 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, |
5076 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; | 5076 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; |
5077 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | 5077 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, |
5078 | INTEGRITY). | 5078 | INTEGRITY). |
5079 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, | 5079 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, |
5080 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; | 5080 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; |
5081 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | 5081 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). |
5082 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) | 5082 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) |
5083 | * Load Address | 5083 | * Load Address |
5084 | * Entry Point | 5084 | * Entry Point |
5085 | * Image Name | 5085 | * Image Name |
5086 | * Image Timestamp | 5086 | * Image Timestamp |
5087 | 5087 | ||
5088 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header | 5088 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header |
5089 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | 5089 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by |
5090 | CRC32 checksums. | 5090 | CRC32 checksums. |
5091 | 5091 | ||
5092 | 5092 | ||
5093 | Linux Support: | 5093 | Linux Support: |
5094 | ============== | 5094 | ============== |
5095 | 5095 | ||
5096 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application | 5096 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application |
5097 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | 5097 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of |
5098 | U-Boot. | 5098 | U-Boot. |
5099 | 5099 | ||
5100 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some | 5100 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some |
5101 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | 5101 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any |
5102 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | 5102 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; |
5103 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | 5103 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation |
5104 | serves several purposes: | 5104 | serves several purposes: |
5105 | 5105 | ||
5106 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone | 5106 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone |
5107 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | 5107 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the |
5108 | Flash memory footprint) | 5108 | Flash memory footprint) |
5109 | 5109 | ||
5110 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because | 5110 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because |
5111 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | 5111 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot |
5112 | 5112 | ||
5113 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" | 5113 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" |
5114 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | 5114 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can |
5115 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | 5115 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't |
5116 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | 5116 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just |
5117 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | 5117 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the |
5118 | software is easier now. | 5118 | software is easier now. |
5119 | 5119 | ||
5120 | 5120 | ||
5121 | Linux HOWTO: | 5121 | Linux HOWTO: |
5122 | ============ | 5122 | ============ |
5123 | 5123 | ||
5124 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: | 5124 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: |
5125 | --------------------------------------- | 5125 | --------------------------------------- |
5126 | 5126 | ||
5127 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to | 5127 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to |
5128 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | 5128 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware |
5129 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | 5129 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to |
5130 | Linux :-). | 5130 | Linux :-). |
5131 | 5131 | ||
5132 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). | 5132 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). |
5133 | 5133 | ||
5134 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance | 5134 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance |
5135 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | 5135 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board |
5136 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, | 5136 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, |
5137 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | 5137 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value |
5138 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. | 5138 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. |
5139 | 5139 | ||
5140 | 5140 | ||
5141 | Configuring the Linux kernel: | 5141 | Configuring the Linux kernel: |
5142 | ----------------------------- | 5142 | ----------------------------- |
5143 | 5143 | ||
5144 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root | 5144 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root |
5145 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | 5145 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. |
5146 | 5146 | ||
5147 | 5147 | ||
5148 | Building a Linux Image: | 5148 | Building a Linux Image: |
5149 | ----------------------- | 5149 | ----------------------- |
5150 | 5150 | ||
5151 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are | 5151 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are |
5152 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | 5152 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target |
5153 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | 5153 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by |
5154 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | 5154 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, |
5155 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | 5155 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a |
5156 | 100% compatible format. | 5156 | 100% compatible format. |
5157 | 5157 | ||
5158 | Example: | 5158 | Example: |
5159 | 5159 | ||
5160 | make TQM850L_config | 5160 | make TQM850L_config |
5161 | make oldconfig | 5161 | make oldconfig |
5162 | make dep | 5162 | make dep |
5163 | make uImage | 5163 | make uImage |
5164 | 5164 | ||
5165 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | 5165 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to |
5166 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, | 5166 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, |
5167 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | 5167 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: |
5168 | 5168 | ||
5169 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | 5169 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): |
5170 | 5170 | ||
5171 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | 5171 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: |
5172 | 5172 | ||
5173 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | 5173 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ |
5174 | -R .note -R .comment \ | 5174 | -R .note -R .comment \ |
5175 | -S vmlinux linux.bin | 5175 | -S vmlinux linux.bin |
5176 | 5176 | ||
5177 | * compress the binary image: | 5177 | * compress the binary image: |
5178 | 5178 | ||
5179 | gzip -9 linux.bin | 5179 | gzip -9 linux.bin |
5180 | 5180 | ||
5181 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | 5181 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: |
5182 | 5182 | ||
5183 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | 5183 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ |
5184 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | 5184 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ |
5185 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | 5185 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage |
5186 | 5186 | ||
5187 | 5187 | ||
5188 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use | 5188 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use |
5189 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | 5189 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or |
5190 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | 5190 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 |
5191 | byte header containing information about target architecture, | 5191 | byte header containing information about target architecture, |
5192 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | 5192 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time |
5193 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | 5193 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. |
5194 | 5194 | ||
5195 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | 5195 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and |
5196 | print the header information, or to build new images. | 5196 | print the header information, or to build new images. |
5197 | 5197 | ||
5198 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | 5198 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information |
5199 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | 5199 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes |
5200 | checksum verification: | 5200 | checksum verification: |
5201 | 5201 | ||
5202 | tools/mkimage -l image | 5202 | tools/mkimage -l image |
5203 | -l ==> list image header information | 5203 | -l ==> list image header information |
5204 | 5204 | ||
5205 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | 5205 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image |
5206 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | 5206 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: |
5207 | 5207 | ||
5208 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | 5208 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ |
5209 | -n name -d data_file image | 5209 | -n name -d data_file image |
5210 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | 5210 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' |
5211 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | 5211 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' |
5212 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 5212 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' |
5213 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | 5213 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' |
5214 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | 5214 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) |
5215 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | 5215 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) |
5216 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | 5216 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' |
5217 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | 5217 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' |
5218 | 5218 | ||
5219 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load | 5219 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load |
5220 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | 5220 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the |
5221 | kernel version: | 5221 | kernel version: |
5222 | 5222 | ||
5223 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | 5223 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, |
5224 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | 5224 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. |
5225 | 5225 | ||
5226 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | 5226 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: |
5227 | 5227 | ||
5228 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5228 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5229 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5229 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5230 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ | 5230 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ |
5231 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5231 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5232 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5232 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5233 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5233 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5234 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5234 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5235 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5235 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5236 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5236 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5237 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5237 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5238 | 5238 | ||
5239 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | 5239 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): |
5240 | 5240 | ||
5241 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5241 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5242 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5242 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5243 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5243 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5244 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5244 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5245 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5245 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5246 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5246 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5247 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5247 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5248 | 5248 | ||
5249 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | 5249 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade |
5250 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | 5250 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this |
5251 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | 5251 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not |
5252 | need to be uncompressed: | 5252 | need to be uncompressed: |
5253 | 5253 | ||
5254 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz | 5254 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz |
5255 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5255 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5256 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5256 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5257 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ | 5257 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ |
5258 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed | 5258 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed |
5259 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5259 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5260 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5260 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5261 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | 5261 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) |
5262 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | 5262 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB |
5263 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5263 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5264 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5264 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5265 | 5265 | ||
5266 | 5266 | ||
5267 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | 5267 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file |
5268 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | 5268 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: |
5269 | 5269 | ||
5270 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | 5270 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ |
5271 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | 5271 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ |
5272 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | 5272 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd |
5273 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5273 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5274 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | 5274 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 |
5275 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5275 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5276 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | 5276 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB |
5277 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5277 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5278 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5278 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5279 | 5279 | ||
5280 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" | 5280 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" |
5281 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" | 5281 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" |
5282 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" | 5282 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" |
5283 | from the image: | 5283 | from the image: |
5284 | 5284 | ||
5285 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file | 5285 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file |
5286 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ | 5286 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ |
5287 | indexed by 'position' | 5287 | indexed by 'position' |
5288 | 5288 | ||
5289 | 5289 | ||
5290 | Installing a Linux Image: | 5290 | Installing a Linux Image: |
5291 | ------------------------- | 5291 | ------------------------- |
5292 | 5292 | ||
5293 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | 5293 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, |
5294 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | 5294 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: |
5295 | 5295 | ||
5296 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | 5296 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec |
5297 | 5297 | ||
5298 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | 5298 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot |
5299 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | 5299 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to |
5300 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | 5300 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to |
5301 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | 5301 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' |
5302 | command. | 5302 | command. |
5303 | 5303 | ||
5304 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | 5304 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the |
5305 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | 5305 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): |
5306 | 5306 | ||
5307 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | 5307 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF |
5308 | 5308 | ||
5309 | .......... done | 5309 | .......... done |
5310 | Erased 8 sectors | 5310 | Erased 8 sectors |
5311 | 5311 | ||
5312 | => loads 40100000 | 5312 | => loads 40100000 |
5313 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5313 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5314 | ~>examples/image.srec | 5314 | ~>examples/image.srec |
5315 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | 5315 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... |
5316 | ... | 5316 | ... |
5317 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | 5317 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 |
5318 | [file transfer complete] | 5318 | [file transfer complete] |
5319 | [connected] | 5319 | [connected] |
5320 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | 5320 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 |
5321 | 5321 | ||
5322 | 5322 | ||
5323 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | 5323 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; |
5324 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data | 5324 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data |
5325 | corruption happened: | 5325 | corruption happened: |
5326 | 5326 | ||
5327 | => imi 40100000 | 5327 | => imi 40100000 |
5328 | 5328 | ||
5329 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5329 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5330 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5330 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5331 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5331 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5332 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5332 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5333 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5333 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5334 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5334 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5335 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5335 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5336 | 5336 | ||
5337 | 5337 | ||
5338 | Boot Linux: | 5338 | Boot Linux: |
5339 | ----------- | 5339 | ----------- |
5340 | 5340 | ||
5341 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | 5341 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in |
5342 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | 5342 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents |
5343 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | 5343 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as |
5344 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | 5344 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the |
5345 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | 5345 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: |
5346 | 5346 | ||
5347 | 5347 | ||
5348 | => printenv bootargs | 5348 | => printenv bootargs |
5349 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | 5349 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram |
5350 | 5350 | ||
5351 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5351 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5352 | 5352 | ||
5353 | => printenv bootargs | 5353 | => printenv bootargs |
5354 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5354 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5355 | 5355 | ||
5356 | => bootm 40020000 | 5356 | => bootm 40020000 |
5357 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | 5357 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... |
5358 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | 5358 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L |
5359 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5359 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5360 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | 5360 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB |
5361 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5361 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5362 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5362 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5363 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5363 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5364 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5364 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5365 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | 5365 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 |
5366 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5366 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5367 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5367 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5368 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5368 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5369 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | 5369 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] |
5370 | ... | 5370 | ... |
5371 | 5371 | ||
5372 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass | 5372 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass |
5373 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT | 5373 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT |
5374 | format!) to the "bootm" command: | 5374 | format!) to the "bootm" command: |
5375 | 5375 | ||
5376 | => imi 40100000 40200000 | 5376 | => imi 40100000 40200000 |
5377 | 5377 | ||
5378 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5378 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5379 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5379 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5380 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5380 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5381 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5381 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5382 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5382 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5383 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5383 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5384 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5384 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5385 | 5385 | ||
5386 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | 5386 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... |
5387 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5387 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5388 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5388 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5389 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5389 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5390 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5390 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5391 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5391 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5392 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5392 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5393 | 5393 | ||
5394 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | 5394 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 |
5395 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | 5395 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... |
5396 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5396 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5397 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5397 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5398 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5398 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5399 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5399 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5400 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5400 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5401 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5401 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5402 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5402 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5403 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | 5403 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... |
5404 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5404 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5405 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5405 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5406 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5406 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5407 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5407 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5408 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5408 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5409 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5409 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5410 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | 5410 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK |
5411 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | 5411 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 |
5412 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | 5412 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram |
5413 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5413 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5414 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5414 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5415 | ... | 5415 | ... |
5416 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | 5416 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 |
5417 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | 5417 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). |
5418 | 5418 | ||
5419 | bash# | 5419 | bash# |
5420 | 5420 | ||
5421 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: | 5421 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: |
5422 | ----------- | 5422 | ----------- |
5423 | 5423 | ||
5424 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | 5424 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section |
5425 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | 5425 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The |
5426 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | 5426 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated |
5427 | flat device tree: | 5427 | flat device tree: |
5428 | 5428 | ||
5429 | => print oftaddr | 5429 | => print oftaddr |
5430 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5430 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5431 | => print oft | 5431 | => print oft |
5432 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | 5432 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb |
5433 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | 5433 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft |
5434 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5434 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5435 | Using TSEC0 device | 5435 | Using TSEC0 device |
5436 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | 5436 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 |
5437 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | 5437 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. |
5438 | Load address: 0x300000 | 5438 | Load address: 0x300000 |
5439 | Loading: # | 5439 | Loading: # |
5440 | done | 5440 | done |
5441 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | 5441 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) |
5442 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | 5442 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile |
5443 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5443 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5444 | Using TSEC0 device | 5444 | Using TSEC0 device |
5445 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | 5445 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 |
5446 | Filename 'uImage'. | 5446 | Filename 'uImage'. |
5447 | Load address: 0x200000 | 5447 | Load address: 0x200000 |
5448 | Loading:############ | 5448 | Loading:############ |
5449 | done | 5449 | done |
5450 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | 5450 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) |
5451 | => print loadaddr | 5451 | => print loadaddr |
5452 | loadaddr=200000 | 5452 | loadaddr=200000 |
5453 | => print oftaddr | 5453 | => print oftaddr |
5454 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5454 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5455 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | 5455 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr |
5456 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | 5456 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... |
5457 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty | 5457 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty |
5458 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5458 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5459 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | 5459 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB |
5460 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5460 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5461 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5461 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5462 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5462 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5463 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5463 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5464 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | 5464 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 |
5465 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | 5465 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description |
5466 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | 5466 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb |
5467 | [snip] | 5467 | [snip] |
5468 | 5468 | ||
5469 | 5469 | ||
5470 | More About U-Boot Image Types: | 5470 | More About U-Boot Image Types: |
5471 | ------------------------------ | 5471 | ------------------------------ |
5472 | 5472 | ||
5473 | U-Boot supports the following image types: | 5473 | U-Boot supports the following image types: |
5474 | 5474 | ||
5475 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | 5475 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment |
5476 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | 5476 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave |
5477 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | 5477 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from |
5478 | the Standalone Program. | 5478 | the Standalone Program. |
5479 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | 5479 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which |
5480 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | 5480 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs |
5481 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | 5481 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device |
5482 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | 5482 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot |
5483 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | 5483 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. |
5484 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | 5484 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their |
5485 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | 5485 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is |
5486 | being started. | 5486 | being started. |
5487 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | 5487 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS |
5488 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | 5488 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like |
5489 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | 5489 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want |
5490 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | 5490 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot |
5491 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | 5491 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get |
5492 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | 5492 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. |
5493 | 5493 | ||
5494 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | 5494 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each |
5495 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | 5495 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network |
5496 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | 5496 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". |
5497 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | 5497 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by |
5498 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | 5498 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to |
5499 | a multiple of 4 bytes). | 5499 | a multiple of 4 bytes). |
5500 | 5500 | ||
5501 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | 5501 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like |
5502 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | 5502 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to |
5503 | flash memory. | 5503 | flash memory. |
5504 | 5504 | ||
5505 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | 5505 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by |
5506 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | 5506 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially |
5507 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | 5507 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) |
5508 | as command interpreter. | 5508 | as command interpreter. |
5509 | 5509 | ||
5510 | Booting the Linux zImage: | 5510 | Booting the Linux zImage: |
5511 | ------------------------- | 5511 | ------------------------- |
5512 | 5512 | ||
5513 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | 5513 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done |
5514 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | 5514 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same |
5515 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | 5515 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. |
5516 | 5516 | ||
5517 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply | 5517 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply |
5518 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the | 5518 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the |
5519 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | 5519 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following |
5520 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | 5520 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". |
5521 | 5521 | ||
5522 | 5522 | ||
5523 | Standalone HOWTO: | 5523 | Standalone HOWTO: |
5524 | ================= | 5524 | ================= |
5525 | 5525 | ||
5526 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | 5526 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and |
5527 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | 5527 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of |
5528 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | 5528 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. |
5529 | 5529 | ||
5530 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | 5530 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: |
5531 | 5531 | ||
5532 | "Hello World" Demo: | 5532 | "Hello World" Demo: |
5533 | ------------------- | 5533 | ------------------- |
5534 | 5534 | ||
5535 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | 5535 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo |
5536 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | 5536 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. |
5537 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | 5537 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it |
5538 | like that: | 5538 | like that: |
5539 | 5539 | ||
5540 | => loads | 5540 | => loads |
5541 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5541 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5542 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | 5542 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec |
5543 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5543 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5544 | [file transfer complete] | 5544 | [file transfer complete] |
5545 | [connected] | 5545 | [connected] |
5546 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5546 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5547 | 5547 | ||
5548 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | 5548 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. |
5549 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5549 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5550 | Hello World | 5550 | Hello World |
5551 | argc = 7 | 5551 | argc = 7 |
5552 | argv[0] = "40004" | 5552 | argv[0] = "40004" |
5553 | argv[1] = "Hello" | 5553 | argv[1] = "Hello" |
5554 | argv[2] = "World!" | 5554 | argv[2] = "World!" |
5555 | argv[3] = "This" | 5555 | argv[3] = "This" |
5556 | argv[4] = "is" | 5556 | argv[4] = "is" |
5557 | argv[5] = "a" | 5557 | argv[5] = "a" |
5558 | argv[6] = "test." | 5558 | argv[6] = "test." |
5559 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | 5559 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" |
5560 | Hit any key to exit ... | 5560 | Hit any key to exit ... |
5561 | 5561 | ||
5562 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5562 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5563 | 5563 | ||
5564 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | 5564 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt |
5565 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | 5565 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. |
5566 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | 5566 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. |
5567 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | 5567 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' |
5568 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | 5568 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be |
5569 | controlled by the following keys: | 5569 | controlled by the following keys: |
5570 | 5570 | ||
5571 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | 5571 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers |
5572 | b - enable interrupts and start timer | 5572 | b - enable interrupts and start timer |
5573 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | 5573 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts |
5574 | q - quit application | 5574 | q - quit application |
5575 | 5575 | ||
5576 | => loads | 5576 | => loads |
5577 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5577 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5578 | ~>examples/timer.srec | 5578 | ~>examples/timer.srec |
5579 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5579 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5580 | [file transfer complete] | 5580 | [file transfer complete] |
5581 | [connected] | 5581 | [connected] |
5582 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5582 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5583 | 5583 | ||
5584 | => go 40004 | 5584 | => go 40004 |
5585 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5585 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5586 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | 5586 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 |
5587 | Using timer 1 | 5587 | Using timer 1 |
5588 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | 5588 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 |
5589 | 5589 | ||
5590 | Hit 'b': | 5590 | Hit 'b': |
5591 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | 5591 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us |
5592 | Enabling timer | 5592 | Enabling timer |
5593 | Hit '?': | 5593 | Hit '?': |
5594 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | 5594 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ |
5595 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | 5595 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 |
5596 | Hit '?': | 5596 | Hit '?': |
5597 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5597 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5598 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | 5598 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 |
5599 | Hit '?': | 5599 | Hit '?': |
5600 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5600 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5601 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | 5601 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 |
5602 | Hit '?': | 5602 | Hit '?': |
5603 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5603 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5604 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | 5604 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 |
5605 | Hit 'e': | 5605 | Hit 'e': |
5606 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | 5606 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer |
5607 | Hit 'q': | 5607 | Hit 'q': |
5608 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5608 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5609 | 5609 | ||
5610 | 5610 | ||
5611 | Minicom warning: | 5611 | Minicom warning: |
5612 | ================ | 5612 | ================ |
5613 | 5613 | ||
5614 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | 5614 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the |
5615 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | 5615 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) |
5616 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | 5616 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under |
5617 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | 5617 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and |
5618 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | 5618 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and |
5619 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See | 5619 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See |
5620 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | 5620 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. |
5621 | for help with kermit. | 5621 | for help with kermit. |
5622 | 5622 | ||
5623 | 5623 | ||
5624 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | 5624 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this |
5625 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | 5625 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: |
5626 | 5626 | ||
5627 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | 5627 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi |
5628 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N | 5628 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N |
5629 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N | 5629 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N |
5630 | 5630 | ||
5631 | 5631 | ||
5632 | NetBSD Notes: | 5632 | NetBSD Notes: |
5633 | ============= | 5633 | ============= |
5634 | 5634 | ||
5635 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | 5635 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host |
5636 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | 5636 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). |
5637 | 5637 | ||
5638 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | 5638 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on |
5639 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | 5639 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also |
5640 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | 5640 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). |
5641 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | 5641 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; |
5642 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | 5642 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is |
5643 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: | 5643 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: |
5644 | 5644 | ||
5645 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | 5645 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include |
5646 | # mkdir powerpc | 5646 | # mkdir powerpc |
5647 | # ln -s powerpc machine | 5647 | # ln -s powerpc machine |
5648 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | 5648 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h |
5649 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | 5649 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST |
5650 | 5650 | ||
5651 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | 5651 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native |
5652 | and U-Boot include files. | 5652 | and U-Boot include files. |
5653 | 5653 | ||
5654 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | 5654 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a |
5655 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | 5655 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel |
5656 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | 5656 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source |
5657 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | 5657 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the |
5658 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz | 5658 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz |
5659 | 5659 | ||
5660 | 5660 | ||
5661 | Implementation Internals: | 5661 | Implementation Internals: |
5662 | ========================= | 5662 | ========================= |
5663 | 5663 | ||
5664 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | 5664 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every |
5665 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | 5665 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the |
5666 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | 5666 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom |
5667 | hardware. | 5667 | hardware. |
5668 | 5668 | ||
5669 | 5669 | ||
5670 | Initial Stack, Global Data: | 5670 | Initial Stack, Global Data: |
5671 | --------------------------- | 5671 | --------------------------- |
5672 | 5672 | ||
5673 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | 5673 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot |
5674 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | 5674 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to |
5675 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | 5675 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). |
5676 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | 5676 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS |
5677 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | 5677 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working |
5678 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | 5678 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation |
5679 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | 5679 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU |
5680 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | 5680 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and |
5681 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | 5681 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be |
5682 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | 5682 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. |
5683 | 5683 | ||
5684 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the | 5684 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the |
5685 | U-Boot mailing list: | 5685 | U-Boot mailing list: |
5686 | 5686 | ||
5687 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | 5687 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? |
5688 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> | 5688 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> |
5689 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | 5689 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) |
5690 | ... | 5690 | ... |
5691 | 5691 | ||
5692 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | 5692 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it |
5693 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | 5693 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not |
5694 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | 5694 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness |
5695 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | 5695 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of |
5696 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | 5696 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's |
5697 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you | 5697 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you |
5698 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and | 5698 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and |
5699 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | 5699 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. |
5700 | 5700 | ||
5701 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | 5701 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It |
5702 | is another option for the system designer to use as an | 5702 | is another option for the system designer to use as an |
5703 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either | 5703 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either |
5704 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your | 5704 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your |
5705 | board designers haven't used it for something that would | 5705 | board designers haven't used it for something that would |
5706 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | 5706 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not |
5707 | used. | 5707 | used. |
5708 | 5708 | ||
5709 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere | 5709 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere |
5710 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value | 5710 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value |
5711 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | 5711 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in |
5712 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger | 5712 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger |
5713 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set | 5713 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set |
5714 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | 5714 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources |
5715 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | 5715 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in |
5716 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | 5716 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when |
5717 | you get the config right. | 5717 | you get the config right. |
5718 | 5718 | ||
5719 | -Chris Hallinan | 5719 | -Chris Hallinan |
5720 | DS4.COM, Inc. | 5720 | DS4.COM, Inc. |
5721 | 5721 | ||
5722 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | 5722 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C |
5723 | code for the initialization procedures: | 5723 | code for the initialization procedures: |
5724 | 5724 | ||
5725 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | 5725 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt |
5726 | to write it. | 5726 | to write it. |
5727 | 5727 | ||
5728 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized | 5728 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized |
5729 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- | 5729 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- |
5730 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | 5730 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). |
5731 | 5731 | ||
5732 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | 5732 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like |
5733 | that. | 5733 | that. |
5734 | 5734 | ||
5735 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | 5735 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use |
5736 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it | 5736 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it |
5737 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | 5737 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly |
5738 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | 5738 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all |
5739 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | 5739 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ |
5740 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | 5740 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of |
5741 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | 5741 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we |
5742 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | 5742 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we |
5743 | reserve for this purpose. | 5743 | reserve for this purpose. |
5744 | 5744 | ||
5745 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | 5745 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the |
5746 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by | 5746 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by |
5747 | GCC's implementation. | 5747 | GCC's implementation. |
5748 | 5748 | ||
5749 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | 5749 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: |
5750 | R1: stack pointer | 5750 | R1: stack pointer |
5751 | R2: reserved for system use | 5751 | R2: reserved for system use |
5752 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values | 5752 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values |
5753 | R5-R10: parameter passing | 5753 | R5-R10: parameter passing |
5754 | R13: small data area pointer | 5754 | R13: small data area pointer |
5755 | R30: GOT pointer | 5755 | R30: GOT pointer |
5756 | R31: frame pointer | 5756 | R31: frame pointer |
5757 | 5757 | ||
5758 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 | 5758 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 |
5759 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | 5759 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when |
5760 | going back and forth between asm and C) | 5760 | going back and forth between asm and C) |
5761 | 5761 | ||
5762 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5762 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5763 | 5763 | ||
5764 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | 5764 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the |
5765 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | 5765 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), |
5766 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | 5766 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat |
5767 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | 5767 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on |
5768 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | 5768 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, |
5769 | 624 text + 127 data). | 5769 | 624 text + 127 data). |
5770 | 5770 | ||
5771 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: | 5771 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: |
5772 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface | 5772 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface |
5773 | 5773 | ||
5774 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5774 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5775 | 5775 | ||
5776 | On ARM, the following registers are used: | 5776 | On ARM, the following registers are used: |
5777 | 5777 | ||
5778 | R0: function argument word/integer result | 5778 | R0: function argument word/integer result |
5779 | R1-R3: function argument word | 5779 | R1-R3: function argument word |
5780 | R9: platform specific | 5780 | R9: platform specific |
5781 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) | 5781 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) |
5782 | R11: argument (frame) pointer | 5782 | R11: argument (frame) pointer |
5783 | R12: temporary workspace | 5783 | R12: temporary workspace |
5784 | R13: stack pointer | 5784 | R13: stack pointer |
5785 | R14: link register | 5785 | R14: link register |
5786 | R15: program counter | 5786 | R15: program counter |
5787 | 5787 | ||
5788 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5788 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5789 | 5789 | ||
5790 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. | 5790 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. |
5791 | 5791 | ||
5792 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: | 5792 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: |
5793 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | 5793 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf |
5794 | 5794 | ||
5795 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | 5795 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data |
5796 | 5796 | ||
5797 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | 5797 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp |
5798 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | 5798 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. |
5799 | 5799 | ||
5800 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: | 5800 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: |
5801 | 5801 | ||
5802 | R0-R1: argument/return | 5802 | R0-R1: argument/return |
5803 | R2-R5: argument | 5803 | R2-R5: argument |
5804 | R15: temporary register for assembler | 5804 | R15: temporary register for assembler |
5805 | R16: trampoline register | 5805 | R16: trampoline register |
5806 | R28: frame pointer (FP) | 5806 | R28: frame pointer (FP) |
5807 | R29: global pointer (GP) | 5807 | R29: global pointer (GP) |
5808 | R30: link register (LP) | 5808 | R30: link register (LP) |
5809 | R31: stack pointer (SP) | 5809 | R31: stack pointer (SP) |
5810 | PC: program counter (PC) | 5810 | PC: program counter (PC) |
5811 | 5811 | ||
5812 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5812 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5813 | 5813 | ||
5814 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, | 5814 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, |
5815 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | 5815 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. |
5816 | 5816 | ||
5817 | Memory Management: | 5817 | Memory Management: |
5818 | ------------------ | 5818 | ------------------ |
5819 | 5819 | ||
5820 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | 5820 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the |
5821 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | 5821 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. |
5822 | 5822 | ||
5823 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | 5823 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory |
5824 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | 5824 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each |
5825 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | 5825 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several |
5826 | physical memory banks. | 5826 | physical memory banks. |
5827 | 5827 | ||
5828 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | 5828 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on |
5829 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | 5829 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After |
5830 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | 5830 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself |
5831 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | 5831 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some |
5832 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN | 5832 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN |
5833 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board | 5833 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board |
5834 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | 5834 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). |
5835 | 5835 | ||
5836 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | 5836 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB |
5837 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | 5837 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). |
5838 | 5838 | ||
5839 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | 5839 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like |
5840 | this: | 5840 | this: |
5841 | 5841 | ||
5842 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code | 5842 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code |
5843 | : | 5843 | : |
5844 | 0x0000 1FFF | 5844 | 0x0000 1FFF |
5845 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use | 5845 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use |
5846 | : | 5846 | : |
5847 | : | 5847 | : |
5848 | 5848 | ||
5849 | : | 5849 | : |
5850 | : | 5850 | : |
5851 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | 5851 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) |
5852 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | 5852 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data |
5853 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena | 5853 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena |
5854 | : | 5854 | : |
5855 | 0x00FD FFFF | 5855 | 0x00FD FFFF |
5856 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code | 5856 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code |
5857 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | 5857 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer |
5858 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | 5858 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) |
5859 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] | 5859 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] |
5860 | 5860 | ||
5861 | 5861 | ||
5862 | System Initialization: | 5862 | System Initialization: |
5863 | ---------------------- | 5863 | ---------------------- |
5864 | 5864 | ||
5865 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point | 5865 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point |
5866 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset | 5866 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset |
5867 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. | 5867 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. |
5868 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | 5868 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. |
5869 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | 5869 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) |
5870 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | 5870 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs |
5871 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | 5871 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked |
5872 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | 5872 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, |
5873 | the caches and the SIU. | 5873 | the caches and the SIU. |
5874 | 5874 | ||
5875 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | 5875 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a |
5876 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | 5876 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries |
5877 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | 5877 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash |
5878 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | 5878 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is |
5879 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | 5879 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a |
5880 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | 5880 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM |
5881 | banks. | 5881 | banks. |
5882 | 5882 | ||
5883 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | 5883 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of |
5884 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | 5884 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first |
5885 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | 5885 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address |
5886 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | 5886 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create |
5887 | contiguous memory starting from 0. | 5887 | contiguous memory starting from 0. |
5888 | 5888 | ||
5889 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | 5889 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area |
5890 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | 5890 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board |
5891 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | 5891 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM |
5892 | pages, and the final stack is set up. | 5892 | pages, and the final stack is set up. |
5893 | 5893 | ||
5894 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | 5894 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; |
5895 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | 5895 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are |
5896 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | 5896 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a |
5897 | new address in RAM. | 5897 | new address in RAM. |
5898 | 5898 | ||
5899 | 5899 | ||
5900 | U-Boot Porting Guide: | 5900 | U-Boot Porting Guide: |
5901 | ---------------------- | 5901 | ---------------------- |
5902 | 5902 | ||
5903 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing | 5903 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing |
5904 | list, October 2002] | 5904 | list, October 2002] |
5905 | 5905 | ||
5906 | 5906 | ||
5907 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) | 5907 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
5908 | { | 5908 | { |
5909 | sighandler_t no_more_time; | 5909 | sighandler_t no_more_time; |
5910 | 5910 | ||
5911 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); | 5911 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); |
5912 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | 5912 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); |
5913 | 5913 | ||
5914 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { | 5914 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { |
5915 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; | 5915 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; |
5916 | return 0; | 5916 | return 0; |
5917 | } | 5917 | } |
5918 | 5918 | ||
5919 | Download latest U-Boot source; | 5919 | Download latest U-Boot source; |
5920 | 5920 | ||
5921 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; | 5921 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; |
5922 | 5922 | ||
5923 | if (clueless) | 5923 | if (clueless) |
5924 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | 5924 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); |
5925 | 5925 | ||
5926 | while (learning) { | 5926 | while (learning) { |
5927 | Read the README file in the top level directory; | 5927 | Read the README file in the top level directory; |
5928 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; | 5928 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; |
5929 | Read applicable doc/*.README; | 5929 | Read applicable doc/*.README; |
5930 | Read the source, Luke; | 5930 | Read the source, Luke; |
5931 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ | 5931 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ |
5932 | } | 5932 | } |
5933 | 5933 | ||
5934 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) | 5934 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) |
5935 | Buy a BDI3000; | 5935 | Buy a BDI3000; |
5936 | else | 5936 | else |
5937 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; | 5937 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; |
5938 | 5938 | ||
5939 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ | 5939 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ |
5940 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | 5940 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> |
5941 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | 5941 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h |
5942 | } else { | 5942 | } else { |
5943 | Create your own board support subdirectory; | 5943 | Create your own board support subdirectory; |
5944 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | 5944 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; |
5945 | } | 5945 | } |
5946 | Edit new board/<myboard> files | 5946 | Edit new board/<myboard> files |
5947 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | 5947 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h |
5948 | 5948 | ||
5949 | while (!accepted) { | 5949 | while (!accepted) { |
5950 | while (!running) { | 5950 | while (!running) { |
5951 | do { | 5951 | do { |
5952 | Add / modify source code; | 5952 | Add / modify source code; |
5953 | } until (compiles); | 5953 | } until (compiles); |
5954 | Debug; | 5954 | Debug; |
5955 | if (clueless) | 5955 | if (clueless) |
5956 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | 5956 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); |
5957 | } | 5957 | } |
5958 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | 5958 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; |
5959 | if (reasonable critiques) | 5959 | if (reasonable critiques) |
5960 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | 5960 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; |
5961 | else | 5961 | else |
5962 | Defend code as written; | 5962 | Defend code as written; |
5963 | } | 5963 | } |
5964 | 5964 | ||
5965 | return 0; | 5965 | return 0; |
5966 | } | 5966 | } |
5967 | 5967 | ||
5968 | void no_more_time (int sig) | 5968 | void no_more_time (int sig) |
5969 | { | 5969 | { |
5970 | hire_a_guru(); | 5970 | hire_a_guru(); |
5971 | } | 5971 | } |
5972 | 5972 | ||
5973 | 5973 | ||
5974 | Coding Standards: | 5974 | Coding Standards: |
5975 | ----------------- | 5975 | ----------------- |
5976 | 5976 | ||
5977 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel | 5977 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel |
5978 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script | 5978 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script |
5979 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. | 5979 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. |
5980 | 5980 | ||
5981 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | 5981 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the |
5982 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | 5982 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not |
5983 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | 5983 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those |
5984 | sources. | 5984 | sources. |
5985 | 5985 | ||
5986 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | 5986 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in |
5987 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | 5987 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) |
5988 | in your code. | 5988 | in your code. |
5989 | 5989 | ||
5990 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: | 5990 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: |
5991 | - remove any trailing white space | 5991 | - remove any trailing white space |
5992 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces | 5992 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces |
5993 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds | 5993 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds |
5994 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files | 5994 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files |
5995 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files | 5995 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files |
5996 | 5996 | ||
5997 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned | 5997 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned |
5998 | with a request to reformat the changes. | 5998 | with a request to reformat the changes. |
5999 | 5999 | ||
6000 | 6000 | ||
6001 | Submitting Patches: | 6001 | Submitting Patches: |
6002 | ------------------- | 6002 | ------------------- |
6003 | 6003 | ||
6004 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to | 6004 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to |
6005 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | 6005 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules |
6006 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | 6006 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. |
6007 | 6007 | ||
6008 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. | 6008 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. |
6009 | 6009 | ||
6010 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; | 6010 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; |
6011 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | 6011 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot |
6012 | 6012 | ||
6013 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with | 6013 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with |
6014 | it: | 6014 | it: |
6015 | 6015 | ||
6016 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes | 6016 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes |
6017 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | 6017 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the |
6018 | patch actually fixes something. | 6018 | patch actually fixes something. |
6019 | 6019 | ||
6020 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your | 6020 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your |
6021 | implementation. | 6021 | implementation. |
6022 | 6022 | ||
6023 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) | 6023 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) |
6024 | 6024 | ||
6025 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file | 6025 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file |
6026 | 6026 | ||
6027 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a | 6027 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a |
6028 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. | 6028 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. |
6029 | 6029 | ||
6030 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to | 6030 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to |
6031 | document these in the README file. | 6031 | document these in the README file. |
6032 | 6032 | ||
6033 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* | 6033 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* |
6034 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | 6034 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the |
6035 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to | 6035 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to |
6036 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems | 6036 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems |
6037 | with some other mail clients. | 6037 | with some other mail clients. |
6038 | 6038 | ||
6039 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | 6039 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of |
6040 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | 6040 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of |
6041 | GNU diff. | 6041 | GNU diff. |
6042 | 6042 | ||
6043 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent | 6043 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent |
6044 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | 6044 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that |
6045 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | 6045 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the |
6046 | affected files). | 6046 | affected files). |
6047 | 6047 | ||
6048 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, | 6048 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, |
6049 | and compressed attachments must not be used. | 6049 | and compressed attachments must not be used. |
6050 | 6050 | ||
6051 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several | 6051 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several |
6052 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | 6052 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. |
6053 | 6053 | ||
6054 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be | 6054 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be |
6055 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | 6055 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. |
6056 | 6056 | ||
6057 | 6057 | ||
6058 | Notes: | 6058 | Notes: |
6059 | 6059 | ||
6060 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched | 6060 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched |
6061 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | 6061 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported |
6062 | for any of the boards. | 6062 | for any of the boards. |
6063 | 6063 | ||
6064 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch | 6064 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch |
6065 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | 6065 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be |
6066 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | 6066 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. |
6067 | 6067 | ||
6068 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not | 6068 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not |
6069 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | 6069 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! |
6070 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | 6070 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only |
6071 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | 6071 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature |
6072 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | 6072 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your |
6073 | modification. | 6073 | modification. |
6074 | 6074 | ||
6075 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the | 6075 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the |
6076 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | 6076 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are |
6077 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | 6077 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches |
6078 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. | 6078 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |
6079 | 6079 |
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/config.mk
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2002 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2002 |
3 | # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> | 3 | # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | # If armv7-a is not supported by GCC fall-back to armv5, which is | 8 | # If armv7-a is not supported by GCC fall-back to armv5, which is |
9 | # supported by more tool-chains | 9 | # supported by more tool-chains |
10 | PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv7-a, -march=armv5) | 10 | PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv7-a, -march=armv5) |
11 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7) | 11 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7) |
12 | 12 | ||
13 | # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses | 13 | # On supported platforms we set the bit which causes us to trap on unaligned |
14 | # memory access. This is the opposite of what the compiler expects to be | ||
15 | # the default so we must pass in -mno-unaligned-access so that it is aware | ||
16 | # of our decision. | ||
14 | PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mno-unaligned-access,) | 17 | PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mno-unaligned-access,) |
15 | PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED := $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) | 18 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) |
16 | 19 | ||
17 | ifneq ($(CONFIG_IMX_CONFIG),) | 20 | ifneq ($(CONFIG_IMX_CONFIG),) |
18 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL | 21 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL |
19 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 22 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
20 | ALL-y += $(OBJTREE)/SPL | 23 | ALL-y += $(OBJTREE)/SPL |
21 | endif | 24 | endif |
22 | else | 25 | else |
23 | ALL-y += u-boot.imx | 26 | ALL-y += u-boot.imx |
24 | endif | 27 | endif |
25 | endif | 28 | endif |
26 | 29 |
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/config.mk
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2002 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2002 |
3 | # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> | 3 | # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | PLATFORM_RELFLAGS += -fno-common -ffixed-x18 | 7 | PLATFORM_RELFLAGS += -fno-common -ffixed-x18 |
8 | 8 | ||
9 | # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses | ||
10 | PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mstrict-align) | ||
11 | PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED := $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) | ||
12 | |||
13 | PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv8-a) | 9 | PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv8-a) |
10 | PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mstrict-align) | ||
14 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8) | 11 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8) |
15 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) | 12 | PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) |
arch/arm/lib/interrupts.c
1 | /* | 1 | /* |
2 | * (C) Copyright 2003 | 2 | * (C) Copyright 2003 |
3 | * Texas Instruments <www.ti.com> | 3 | * Texas Instruments <www.ti.com> |
4 | * | 4 | * |
5 | * (C) Copyright 2002 | 5 | * (C) Copyright 2002 |
6 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> | 6 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> |
7 | * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> | 7 | * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> |
8 | * | 8 | * |
9 | * (C) Copyright 2002 | 9 | * (C) Copyright 2002 |
10 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> | 10 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> |
11 | * Alex Zuepke <azu@sysgo.de> | 11 | * Alex Zuepke <azu@sysgo.de> |
12 | * | 12 | * |
13 | * (C) Copyright 2002-2004 | 13 | * (C) Copyright 2002-2004 |
14 | * Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> | 14 | * Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> |
15 | * | 15 | * |
16 | * (C) Copyright 2004 | 16 | * (C) Copyright 2004 |
17 | * Philippe Robin, ARM Ltd. <philippe.robin@arm.com> | 17 | * Philippe Robin, ARM Ltd. <philippe.robin@arm.com> |
18 | * | 18 | * |
19 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 19 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
20 | */ | 20 | */ |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | #include <common.h> | 22 | #include <common.h> |
23 | #include <asm/proc-armv/ptrace.h> | 23 | #include <asm/proc-armv/ptrace.h> |
24 | 24 | ||
25 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; | 25 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; |
26 | 26 | ||
27 | #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ | 27 | #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ |
28 | int interrupt_init (void) | 28 | int interrupt_init (void) |
29 | { | 29 | { |
30 | /* | 30 | /* |
31 | * setup up stacks if necessary | 31 | * setup up stacks if necessary |
32 | */ | 32 | */ |
33 | IRQ_STACK_START = gd->irq_sp - 4; | 33 | IRQ_STACK_START = gd->irq_sp - 4; |
34 | IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; | 34 | IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; |
35 | FIQ_STACK_START = IRQ_STACK_START - CONFIG_STACKSIZE_IRQ; | 35 | FIQ_STACK_START = IRQ_STACK_START - CONFIG_STACKSIZE_IRQ; |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | return arch_interrupt_init(); | 37 | return arch_interrupt_init(); |
38 | } | 38 | } |
39 | 39 | ||
40 | /* enable IRQ interrupts */ | 40 | /* enable IRQ interrupts */ |
41 | void enable_interrupts (void) | 41 | void enable_interrupts (void) |
42 | { | 42 | { |
43 | unsigned long temp; | 43 | unsigned long temp; |
44 | __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" | 44 | __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" |
45 | "bic %0, %0, #0x80\n" | 45 | "bic %0, %0, #0x80\n" |
46 | "msr cpsr_c, %0" | 46 | "msr cpsr_c, %0" |
47 | : "=r" (temp) | 47 | : "=r" (temp) |
48 | : | 48 | : |
49 | : "memory"); | 49 | : "memory"); |
50 | } | 50 | } |
51 | 51 | ||
52 | 52 | ||
53 | /* | 53 | /* |
54 | * disable IRQ/FIQ interrupts | 54 | * disable IRQ/FIQ interrupts |
55 | * returns true if interrupts had been enabled before we disabled them | 55 | * returns true if interrupts had been enabled before we disabled them |
56 | */ | 56 | */ |
57 | int disable_interrupts (void) | 57 | int disable_interrupts (void) |
58 | { | 58 | { |
59 | unsigned long old,temp; | 59 | unsigned long old,temp; |
60 | __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" | 60 | __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" |
61 | "orr %1, %0, #0xc0\n" | 61 | "orr %1, %0, #0xc0\n" |
62 | "msr cpsr_c, %1" | 62 | "msr cpsr_c, %1" |
63 | : "=r" (old), "=r" (temp) | 63 | : "=r" (old), "=r" (temp) |
64 | : | 64 | : |
65 | : "memory"); | 65 | : "memory"); |
66 | return (old & 0x80) == 0; | 66 | return (old & 0x80) == 0; |
67 | } | 67 | } |
68 | #else | 68 | #else |
69 | int interrupt_init (void) | 69 | int interrupt_init (void) |
70 | { | 70 | { |
71 | /* | 71 | /* |
72 | * setup up stacks if necessary | 72 | * setup up stacks if necessary |
73 | */ | 73 | */ |
74 | IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; | 74 | IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; |
75 | 75 | ||
76 | return 0; | 76 | return 0; |
77 | } | 77 | } |
78 | 78 | ||
79 | void enable_interrupts (void) | 79 | void enable_interrupts (void) |
80 | { | 80 | { |
81 | return; | 81 | return; |
82 | } | 82 | } |
83 | int disable_interrupts (void) | 83 | int disable_interrupts (void) |
84 | { | 84 | { |
85 | return 0; | 85 | return 0; |
86 | } | 86 | } |
87 | #endif | 87 | #endif |
88 | 88 | ||
89 | 89 | ||
90 | void bad_mode (void) | 90 | void bad_mode (void) |
91 | { | 91 | { |
92 | panic ("Resetting CPU ...\n"); | 92 | panic ("Resetting CPU ...\n"); |
93 | reset_cpu (0); | 93 | reset_cpu (0); |
94 | } | 94 | } |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | void show_regs (struct pt_regs *regs) | 96 | void show_regs (struct pt_regs *regs) |
97 | { | 97 | { |
98 | unsigned long flags; | 98 | unsigned long flags; |
99 | const char *processor_modes[] = { | 99 | const char *processor_modes[] = { |
100 | "USER_26", "FIQ_26", "IRQ_26", "SVC_26", | 100 | "USER_26", "FIQ_26", "IRQ_26", "SVC_26", |
101 | "UK4_26", "UK5_26", "UK6_26", "UK7_26", | 101 | "UK4_26", "UK5_26", "UK6_26", "UK7_26", |
102 | "UK8_26", "UK9_26", "UK10_26", "UK11_26", | 102 | "UK8_26", "UK9_26", "UK10_26", "UK11_26", |
103 | "UK12_26", "UK13_26", "UK14_26", "UK15_26", | 103 | "UK12_26", "UK13_26", "UK14_26", "UK15_26", |
104 | "USER_32", "FIQ_32", "IRQ_32", "SVC_32", | 104 | "USER_32", "FIQ_32", "IRQ_32", "SVC_32", |
105 | "UK4_32", "UK5_32", "UK6_32", "ABT_32", | 105 | "UK4_32", "UK5_32", "UK6_32", "ABT_32", |
106 | "UK8_32", "UK9_32", "UK10_32", "UND_32", | 106 | "UK8_32", "UK9_32", "UK10_32", "UND_32", |
107 | "UK12_32", "UK13_32", "UK14_32", "SYS_32", | 107 | "UK12_32", "UK13_32", "UK14_32", "SYS_32", |
108 | }; | 108 | }; |
109 | 109 | ||
110 | flags = condition_codes (regs); | 110 | flags = condition_codes (regs); |
111 | 111 | ||
112 | printf ("pc : [<%08lx>] lr : [<%08lx>]\n" | 112 | printf ("pc : [<%08lx>] lr : [<%08lx>]\n" |
113 | "sp : %08lx ip : %08lx fp : %08lx\n", | 113 | "sp : %08lx ip : %08lx fp : %08lx\n", |
114 | instruction_pointer (regs), | 114 | instruction_pointer (regs), |
115 | regs->ARM_lr, regs->ARM_sp, regs->ARM_ip, regs->ARM_fp); | 115 | regs->ARM_lr, regs->ARM_sp, regs->ARM_ip, regs->ARM_fp); |
116 | printf ("r10: %08lx r9 : %08lx r8 : %08lx\n", | 116 | printf ("r10: %08lx r9 : %08lx r8 : %08lx\n", |
117 | regs->ARM_r10, regs->ARM_r9, regs->ARM_r8); | 117 | regs->ARM_r10, regs->ARM_r9, regs->ARM_r8); |
118 | printf ("r7 : %08lx r6 : %08lx r5 : %08lx r4 : %08lx\n", | 118 | printf ("r7 : %08lx r6 : %08lx r5 : %08lx r4 : %08lx\n", |
119 | regs->ARM_r7, regs->ARM_r6, regs->ARM_r5, regs->ARM_r4); | 119 | regs->ARM_r7, regs->ARM_r6, regs->ARM_r5, regs->ARM_r4); |
120 | printf ("r3 : %08lx r2 : %08lx r1 : %08lx r0 : %08lx\n", | 120 | printf ("r3 : %08lx r2 : %08lx r1 : %08lx r0 : %08lx\n", |
121 | regs->ARM_r3, regs->ARM_r2, regs->ARM_r1, regs->ARM_r0); | 121 | regs->ARM_r3, regs->ARM_r2, regs->ARM_r1, regs->ARM_r0); |
122 | printf ("Flags: %c%c%c%c", | 122 | printf ("Flags: %c%c%c%c", |
123 | flags & CC_N_BIT ? 'N' : 'n', | 123 | flags & CC_N_BIT ? 'N' : 'n', |
124 | flags & CC_Z_BIT ? 'Z' : 'z', | 124 | flags & CC_Z_BIT ? 'Z' : 'z', |
125 | flags & CC_C_BIT ? 'C' : 'c', flags & CC_V_BIT ? 'V' : 'v'); | 125 | flags & CC_C_BIT ? 'C' : 'c', flags & CC_V_BIT ? 'V' : 'v'); |
126 | printf (" IRQs %s FIQs %s Mode %s%s\n", | 126 | printf (" IRQs %s FIQs %s Mode %s%s\n", |
127 | interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", | 127 | interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", |
128 | fast_interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", | 128 | fast_interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", |
129 | processor_modes[processor_mode (regs)], | 129 | processor_modes[processor_mode (regs)], |
130 | thumb_mode (regs) ? " (T)" : ""); | 130 | thumb_mode (regs) ? " (T)" : ""); |
131 | } | 131 | } |
132 | 132 | ||
133 | void do_undefined_instruction (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 133 | void do_undefined_instruction (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
134 | { | 134 | { |
135 | printf ("undefined instruction\n"); | 135 | printf ("undefined instruction\n"); |
136 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 136 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
137 | bad_mode (); | 137 | bad_mode (); |
138 | } | 138 | } |
139 | 139 | ||
140 | void do_software_interrupt (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 140 | void do_software_interrupt (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
141 | { | 141 | { |
142 | printf ("software interrupt\n"); | 142 | printf ("software interrupt\n"); |
143 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 143 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
144 | bad_mode (); | 144 | bad_mode (); |
145 | } | 145 | } |
146 | 146 | ||
147 | void do_prefetch_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 147 | void do_prefetch_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
148 | { | 148 | { |
149 | printf ("prefetch abort\n"); | 149 | printf ("prefetch abort\n"); |
150 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 150 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
151 | bad_mode (); | 151 | bad_mode (); |
152 | } | 152 | } |
153 | 153 | ||
154 | void do_data_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 154 | void do_data_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
155 | { | 155 | { |
156 | printf ("data abort\n\n MAYBE you should read doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses\n\n"); | 156 | printf ("data abort\n"); |
157 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 157 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
158 | bad_mode (); | 158 | bad_mode (); |
159 | } | 159 | } |
160 | 160 | ||
161 | void do_not_used (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 161 | void do_not_used (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
162 | { | 162 | { |
163 | printf ("not used\n"); | 163 | printf ("not used\n"); |
164 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 164 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
165 | bad_mode (); | 165 | bad_mode (); |
166 | } | 166 | } |
167 | 167 | ||
168 | void do_fiq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 168 | void do_fiq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
169 | { | 169 | { |
170 | printf ("fast interrupt request\n"); | 170 | printf ("fast interrupt request\n"); |
171 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 171 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
172 | bad_mode (); | 172 | bad_mode (); |
173 | } | 173 | } |
174 | 174 | ||
175 | #ifndef CONFIG_USE_IRQ | 175 | #ifndef CONFIG_USE_IRQ |
176 | void do_irq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) | 176 | void do_irq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) |
177 | { | 177 | { |
178 | printf ("interrupt request\n"); | 178 | printf ("interrupt request\n"); |
179 | show_regs (pt_regs); | 179 | show_regs (pt_regs); |
180 | bad_mode (); | 180 | bad_mode (); |
181 | } | 181 | } |
182 | #endif | 182 | #endif |
183 | 183 |
common/Makefile
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2004-2006 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2004-2006 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | # core | 8 | # core |
9 | ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 9 | ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
10 | obj-y += main.o | 10 | obj-y += main.o |
11 | obj-y += command.o | 11 | obj-y += command.o |
12 | obj-y += exports.o | 12 | obj-y += exports.o |
13 | obj-y += hash.o | 13 | obj-y += hash.o |
14 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += hush.o | 14 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += hush.o |
15 | obj-y += s_record.o | 15 | obj-y += s_record.o |
16 | obj-y += xyzModem.o | 16 | obj-y += xyzModem.o |
17 | obj-y += cmd_disk.o | 17 | obj-y += cmd_disk.o |
18 | 18 | ||
19 | # boards | 19 | # boards |
20 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_f.o | 20 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_f.o |
21 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_r.o | 21 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_r.o |
22 | 22 | ||
23 | # core command | 23 | # core command |
24 | obj-y += cmd_boot.o | 24 | obj-y += cmd_boot.o |
25 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM) += cmd_bootm.o | 25 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM) += cmd_bootm.o |
26 | obj-y += cmd_help.o | 26 | obj-y += cmd_help.o |
27 | obj-y += cmd_version.o | 27 | obj-y += cmd_version.o |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | # environment | 29 | # environment |
30 | obj-y += env_attr.o | 30 | obj-y += env_attr.o |
31 | obj-y += env_callback.o | 31 | obj-y += env_callback.o |
32 | obj-y += env_flags.o | 32 | obj-y += env_flags.o |
33 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH) += env_dataflash.o | 33 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH) += env_dataflash.o |
34 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_eeprom.o | 34 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_eeprom.o |
35 | extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) += env_embedded.o | 35 | extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) += env_embedded.o |
36 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_embedded.o | 36 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_embedded.o |
37 | extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_embedded.o | 37 | extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_embedded.o |
38 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_embedded.o | 38 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_embedded.o |
39 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o | 39 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o |
40 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o | 40 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o |
41 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT) += env_fat.o | 41 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT) += env_fat.o |
42 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o | 42 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o |
43 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_nvram.o | 43 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_nvram.o |
44 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_ONENAND) += env_onenand.o | 44 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_ONENAND) += env_onenand.o |
45 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o | 45 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o |
46 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE) += env_remote.o | 46 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE) += env_remote.o |
47 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI) += env_ubi.o | 47 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI) += env_ubi.o |
48 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o | 48 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | # command | 50 | # command |
51 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP) += cmd_ambapp.o | 51 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP) += cmd_ambapp.o |
52 | obj-$(CONFIG_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o | 52 | obj-$(CONFIG_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o |
53 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o | 53 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o |
54 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BDI) += cmd_bdinfo.o | 54 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BDI) += cmd_bdinfo.o |
55 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG) += bedbug.o cmd_bedbug.o | 55 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG) += bedbug.o cmd_bedbug.o |
56 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BMP) += cmd_bmp.o | 56 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BMP) += cmd_bmp.o |
57 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTMENU) += cmd_bootmenu.o | 57 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTMENU) += cmd_bootmenu.o |
58 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTLDR) += cmd_bootldr.o | 58 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTLDR) += cmd_bootldr.o |
59 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE) += cmd_bootstage.o | 59 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE) += cmd_bootstage.o |
60 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) += cmd_cache.o | 60 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) += cmd_cache.o |
61 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CBFS) += cmd_cbfs.o | 61 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CBFS) += cmd_cbfs.o |
62 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CLK) += cmd_clk.o | 62 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CLK) += cmd_clk.o |
63 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE) += cmd_console.o | 63 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE) += cmd_console.o |
64 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CPLBINFO) += cmd_cplbinfo.o | 64 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CPLBINFO) += cmd_cplbinfo.o |
65 | obj-$(CONFIG_DATAFLASH_MMC_SELECT) += cmd_dataflash_mmc_mux.o | 65 | obj-$(CONFIG_DATAFLASH_MMC_SELECT) += cmd_dataflash_mmc_mux.o |
66 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) += cmd_date.o | 66 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) += cmd_date.o |
67 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOUND) += cmd_sound.o | 67 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOUND) += cmd_sound.o |
68 | ifdef CONFIG_4xx | 68 | ifdef CONFIG_4xx |
69 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR) += cmd_dcr.o | 69 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR) += cmd_dcr.o |
70 | endif | 70 | endif |
71 | ifdef CONFIG_POST | 71 | ifdef CONFIG_POST |
72 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DIAG) += cmd_diag.o | 72 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DIAG) += cmd_diag.o |
73 | endif | 73 | endif |
74 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DISPLAY) += cmd_display.o | 74 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DISPLAY) += cmd_display.o |
75 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DTT) += cmd_dtt.o | 75 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DTT) += cmd_dtt.o |
76 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ECHO) += cmd_echo.o | 76 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ECHO) += cmd_echo.o |
77 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o | 77 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o |
78 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o | 78 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o |
79 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ELF) += cmd_elf.o | 79 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ELF) += cmd_elf.o |
80 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_exit.o | 80 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_exit.o |
81 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT4) += cmd_ext4.o | 81 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT4) += cmd_ext4.o |
82 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT2) += cmd_ext2.o | 82 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT2) += cmd_ext2.o |
83 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FAT) += cmd_fat.o | 83 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FAT) += cmd_fat.o |
84 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDC)$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdc.o | 84 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDC)$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdc.o |
85 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += cmd_fdt.o fdt_support.o | 85 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += cmd_fdt.o fdt_support.o |
86 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdos.o | 86 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdos.o |
87 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FITUPD) += cmd_fitupd.o | 87 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FITUPD) += cmd_fitupd.o |
88 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FLASH) += cmd_flash.o | 88 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FLASH) += cmd_flash.o |
89 | ifdef CONFIG_FPGA | 89 | ifdef CONFIG_FPGA |
90 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGA) += cmd_fpga.o | 90 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGA) += cmd_fpga.o |
91 | endif | 91 | endif |
92 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGAD) += cmd_fpgad.o | 92 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGAD) += cmd_fpgad.o |
93 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC) += cmd_fs.o | 93 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC) += cmd_fs.o |
94 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FUSE) += cmd_fuse.o | 94 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FUSE) += cmd_fuse.o |
95 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME) += cmd_gettime.o | 95 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME) += cmd_gettime.o |
96 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPIO) += cmd_gpio.o | 96 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPIO) += cmd_gpio.o |
97 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_I2C) += cmd_i2c.o | 97 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_I2C) += cmd_i2c.o |
98 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_HASH) += cmd_hash.o | 98 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_HASH) += cmd_hash.o |
99 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) += cmd_ide.o | 99 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) += cmd_ide.o |
100 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP) += cmd_immap.o | 100 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP) += cmd_immap.o |
101 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_INI) += cmd_ini.o | 101 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_INI) += cmd_ini.o |
102 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IRQ) += cmd_irq.o | 102 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IRQ) += cmd_irq.o |
103 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ITEST) += cmd_itest.o | 103 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ITEST) += cmd_itest.o |
104 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2) += cmd_jffs2.o | 104 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2) += cmd_jffs2.o |
105 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CRAMFS) += cmd_cramfs.o | 105 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CRAMFS) += cmd_cramfs.o |
106 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO) += cmd_ldrinfo.o | 106 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO) += cmd_ldrinfo.o |
107 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LED) += cmd_led.o | 107 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LED) += cmd_led.o |
108 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LICENSE) += cmd_license.o | 108 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LICENSE) += cmd_license.o |
109 | obj-y += cmd_load.o | 109 | obj-y += cmd_load.o |
110 | obj-$(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) += cmd_log.o | 110 | obj-$(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) += cmd_log.o |
111 | obj-$(CONFIG_ID_EEPROM) += cmd_mac.o | 111 | obj-$(CONFIG_ID_EEPROM) += cmd_mac.o |
112 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM) += cmd_md5sum.o | 112 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM) += cmd_md5sum.o |
113 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) += cmd_mem.o | 113 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) += cmd_mem.o |
114 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IO) += cmd_io.o | 114 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IO) += cmd_io.o |
115 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MFSL) += cmd_mfsl.o | 115 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MFSL) += cmd_mfsl.o |
116 | obj-$(CONFIG_MII) += miiphyutil.o | 116 | obj-$(CONFIG_MII) += miiphyutil.o |
117 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += miiphyutil.o | 117 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += miiphyutil.o |
118 | obj-$(CONFIG_PHYLIB) += miiphyutil.o | 118 | obj-$(CONFIG_PHYLIB) += miiphyutil.o |
119 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mii.o | 119 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mii.o |
120 | ifdef CONFIG_PHYLIB | 120 | ifdef CONFIG_PHYLIB |
121 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mdio.o | 121 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mdio.o |
122 | endif | 122 | endif |
123 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MISC) += cmd_misc.o | 123 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MISC) += cmd_misc.o |
124 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC) += cmd_mmc.o | 124 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC) += cmd_mmc.o |
125 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC_SPI) += cmd_mmc_spi.o | 125 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC_SPI) += cmd_mmc_spi.o |
126 | obj-$(CONFIG_MP) += cmd_mp.o | 126 | obj-$(CONFIG_MP) += cmd_mp.o |
127 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS) += cmd_mtdparts.o | 127 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS) += cmd_mtdparts.o |
128 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NAND) += cmd_nand.o | 128 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NAND) += cmd_nand.o |
129 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += cmd_net.o | 129 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += cmd_net.o |
130 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ONENAND) += cmd_onenand.o | 130 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ONENAND) += cmd_onenand.o |
131 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_OTP) += cmd_otp.o | 131 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_OTP) += cmd_otp.o |
132 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PART) += cmd_part.o | 132 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PART) += cmd_part.o |
133 | ifdef CONFIG_PCI | 133 | ifdef CONFIG_PCI |
134 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PCI) += cmd_pci.o | 134 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PCI) += cmd_pci.o |
135 | endif | 135 | endif |
136 | obj-y += cmd_pcmcia.o | 136 | obj-y += cmd_pcmcia.o |
137 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO) += cmd_portio.o | 137 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO) += cmd_portio.o |
138 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PXE) += cmd_pxe.o | 138 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PXE) += cmd_pxe.o |
139 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_READ) += cmd_read.o | 139 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_READ) += cmd_read.o |
140 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO) += cmd_reginfo.o | 140 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO) += cmd_reginfo.o |
141 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REISER) += cmd_reiser.o | 141 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REISER) += cmd_reiser.o |
142 | obj-$(CONFIG_SANDBOX) += cmd_sandbox.o | 142 | obj-$(CONFIG_SANDBOX) += cmd_sandbox.o |
143 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SATA) += cmd_sata.o | 143 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SATA) += cmd_sata.o |
144 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SF) += cmd_sf.o | 144 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SF) += cmd_sf.o |
145 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o | 145 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o |
146 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM) += cmd_sha1sum.o | 146 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM) += cmd_sha1sum.o |
147 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETEXPR) += cmd_setexpr.o | 147 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETEXPR) += cmd_setexpr.o |
148 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH) += cmd_softswitch.o | 148 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH) += cmd_softswitch.o |
149 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPI) += cmd_spi.o | 149 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPI) += cmd_spi.o |
150 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPIBOOTLDR) += cmd_spibootldr.o | 150 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPIBOOTLDR) += cmd_spibootldr.o |
151 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_STRINGS) += cmd_strings.o | 151 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_STRINGS) += cmd_strings.o |
152 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TERMINAL) += cmd_terminal.o | 152 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TERMINAL) += cmd_terminal.o |
153 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TIME) += cmd_time.o | 153 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TIME) += cmd_time.o |
154 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TRACE) += cmd_trace.o | 154 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TRACE) += cmd_trace.o |
155 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_test.o | 155 | obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_test.o |
156 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TPM) += cmd_tpm.o | 156 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TPM) += cmd_tpm.o |
157 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TSI148) += cmd_tsi148.o | 157 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TSI148) += cmd_tsi148.o |
158 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBI) += cmd_ubi.o | 158 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBI) += cmd_ubi.o |
159 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS) += cmd_ubifs.o | 159 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS) += cmd_ubifs.o |
160 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNIVERSE) += cmd_universe.o | 160 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNIVERSE) += cmd_universe.o |
161 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNZIP) += cmd_unzip.o | 161 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNZIP) += cmd_unzip.o |
162 | ifdef CONFIG_CMD_USB | 162 | ifdef CONFIG_CMD_USB |
163 | obj-y += cmd_usb.o | 163 | obj-y += cmd_usb.o |
164 | obj-y += usb.o usb_hub.o | 164 | obj-y += usb.o usb_hub.o |
165 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o | 165 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o |
166 | endif | 166 | endif |
167 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE) += cmd_usb_mass_storage.o | 167 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE) += cmd_usb_mass_storage.o |
168 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_THOR_DOWNLOAD) += cmd_thordown.o | 168 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_THOR_DOWNLOAD) += cmd_thordown.o |
169 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_XIMG) += cmd_ximg.o | 169 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_XIMG) += cmd_ximg.o |
170 | obj-$(CONFIG_YAFFS2) += cmd_yaffs2.o | 170 | obj-$(CONFIG_YAFFS2) += cmd_yaffs2.o |
171 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPL) += cmd_spl.o | 171 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPL) += cmd_spl.o |
172 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZIP) += cmd_zip.o | 172 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZIP) += cmd_zip.o |
173 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZFS) += cmd_zfs.o | 173 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZFS) += cmd_zfs.o |
174 | 174 | ||
175 | # others | 175 | # others |
176 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE) += bootstage.o | 176 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE) += bootstage.o |
177 | obj-$(CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX) += iomux.o | 177 | obj-$(CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX) += iomux.o |
178 | obj-y += flash.o | 178 | obj-y += flash.o |
179 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_KGDB) += kgdb.o kgdb_stubs.o | 179 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_KGDB) += kgdb.o kgdb_stubs.o |
180 | obj-$(CONFIG_I2C_EDID) += edid.o | 180 | obj-$(CONFIG_I2C_EDID) += edid.o |
181 | obj-$(CONFIG_KALLSYMS) += kallsyms.o | 181 | obj-$(CONFIG_KALLSYMS) += kallsyms.o |
182 | obj-y += splash.o | 182 | obj-y += splash.o |
183 | obj-$(CONFIG_LCD) += lcd.o | 183 | obj-$(CONFIG_LCD) += lcd.o |
184 | obj-$(CONFIG_LYNXKDI) += lynxkdi.o | 184 | obj-$(CONFIG_LYNXKDI) += lynxkdi.o |
185 | obj-$(CONFIG_MENU) += menu.o | 185 | obj-$(CONFIG_MENU) += menu.o |
186 | obj-$(CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT) += modem.o | 186 | obj-$(CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT) += modem.o |
187 | obj-$(CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP) += update.o | 187 | obj-$(CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP) += update.o |
188 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD) += usb_kbd.o | 188 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD) += usb_kbd.o |
189 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DFU) += cmd_dfu.o | 189 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DFU) += cmd_dfu.o |
190 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPT) += cmd_gpt.o | 190 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPT) += cmd_gpt.o |
191 | endif | 191 | endif |
192 | 192 | ||
193 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 193 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
194 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o | 194 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o |
195 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += xyzModem.o | 195 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += xyzModem.o |
196 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += miiphyutil.o | 196 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += miiphyutil.o |
197 | # environment | 197 | # environment |
198 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_attr.o | 198 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_attr.o |
199 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_flags.o | 199 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_flags.o |
200 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_callback.o | 200 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_callback.o |
201 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_USB_HOST_SUPPORT | 201 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_USB_HOST_SUPPORT |
202 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_USB_SUPPORT) += usb.o usb_hub.o | 202 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_USB_SUPPORT) += usb.o usb_hub.o |
203 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o | 203 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o |
204 | endif | 204 | endif |
205 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT | 205 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT |
206 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o | 206 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o |
207 | endif | 207 | endif |
208 | ifneq ($(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT),y) | 208 | ifneq ($(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT),y) |
209 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o | 209 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o |
210 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o | 210 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o |
211 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o | 211 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o |
212 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o | 212 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o |
213 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o | 213 | obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o |
214 | else | 214 | else |
215 | obj-y += env_nowhere.o | 215 | obj-y += env_nowhere.o |
216 | endif | 216 | endif |
217 | endif | 217 | endif |
218 | # core command | 218 | # core command |
219 | obj-y += cmd_nvedit.o | 219 | obj-y += cmd_nvedit.o |
220 | #environment | 220 | #environment |
221 | obj-y += env_common.o | 221 | obj-y += env_common.o |
222 | #others | 222 | #others |
223 | ifdef CONFIG_DDR_SPD | 223 | ifdef CONFIG_DDR_SPD |
224 | SPD := y | 224 | SPD := y |
225 | endif | 225 | endif |
226 | ifdef CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 226 | ifdef CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
227 | SPD := y | 227 | SPD := y |
228 | endif | 228 | endif |
229 | obj-$(SPD) += ddr_spd.o | 229 | obj-$(SPD) += ddr_spd.o |
230 | obj-$(CONFIG_HWCONFIG) += hwconfig.o | 230 | obj-$(CONFIG_HWCONFIG) += hwconfig.o |
231 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER) += bouncebuf.o | 231 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER) += bouncebuf.o |
232 | obj-y += console.o | 232 | obj-y += console.o |
233 | obj-y += dlmalloc.o | 233 | obj-y += dlmalloc.o |
234 | obj-y += image.o | 234 | obj-y += image.o |
235 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += image-fdt.o | 235 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += image-fdt.o |
236 | obj-$(CONFIG_FIT) += image-fit.o | 236 | obj-$(CONFIG_FIT) += image-fit.o |
237 | obj-$(CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE) += image-sig.o | 237 | obj-$(CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE) += image-sig.o |
238 | obj-y += memsize.o | 238 | obj-y += memsize.o |
239 | obj-y += stdio.o | 239 | obj-y += stdio.o |
240 | 240 | ||
241 | CFLAGS_env_embedded.o := -Wa,--no-warn -DENV_CRC=$(shell tools/envcrc 2>/dev/null) | 241 | CFLAGS_env_embedded.o := -Wa,--no-warn -DENV_CRC=$(shell tools/envcrc 2>/dev/null) |
242 | CFLAGS_hush.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) | ||
243 | CFLAGS_fdt_support.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) | ||
244 | 242 |
doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses
1 | If you are reading this because of a data abort: the following MIGHT | File was deleted | |
2 | be relevant to your abort, if it was caused by an alignment violation. | ||
3 | In order to determine this, use the PC from the abort dump along with | ||
4 | an objdump -s -S of the u-boot ELF binary to locate the function where | ||
5 | the abort happened; then compare this function with the examples below. | ||
6 | If they match, then you've been hit with a compiler generated unaligned | ||
7 | access, and you should rewrite your code or add -mno-unaligned-access | ||
8 | to the command line of the offending file. | ||
9 | |||
10 | Note that the PC shown in the abort message is relocated. In order to | ||
11 | be able to match it to an address in the ELF binary dump, you will need | ||
12 | to know the relocation offset. If your target defines CONFIG_CMD_BDI | ||
13 | and if you can get to the prompt and enter commands before the abort | ||
14 | happens, then command "bdinfo" will give you the offset. Otherwise you | ||
15 | will need to try a build with DEBUG set, which will display the offset, | ||
16 | or use a debugger and set a breakpoint at relocate_code() to see the | ||
17 | offset (passed as an argument). | ||
18 | |||
19 | * | ||
20 | |||
21 | Since U-Boot runs on a variety of hardware, some only able to perform | ||
22 | unaligned accesses with a strong penalty, some unable to perform them | ||
23 | at all, the policy regarding unaligned accesses is to not perform any, | ||
24 | unless absolutely necessary because of hardware or standards. | ||
25 | |||
26 | Also, on hardware which permits it, the core is configured to throw | ||
27 | data abort exceptions on unaligned accesses in order to catch these | ||
28 | unallowed accesses as early as possible. | ||
29 | |||
30 | Until version 4.7, the gcc default for performing unaligned accesses | ||
31 | (-mno-unaligned-access) is to emulate unaligned accesses using aligned | ||
32 | loads and stores plus shifts and masks. Emulated unaligned accesses | ||
33 | will not be caught by hardware. These accesses may be costly and may | ||
34 | be actually unnecessary. In order to catch these accesses and remove | ||
35 | or optimize them, option -munaligned-access is explicitly set for all | ||
36 | versions of gcc which support it. | ||
37 | |||
38 | From gcc 4.7 onward starting at armv7 architectures, the default for | ||
39 | performing unaligned accesses is to use unaligned native loads and | ||
40 | stores (-munaligned-access), because the cost of unaligned accesses | ||
41 | has dropped on armv7 and beyond. This should not affect U-Boot's | ||
42 | policy of controlling unaligned accesses, however the compiler may | ||
43 | generate uncontrolled unaligned accesses on its own in at least one | ||
44 | known case: when declaring a local initialized char array, e.g. | ||
45 | |||
46 | function foo() | ||
47 | { | ||
48 | char buffer[] = "initial value"; | ||
49 | /* or */ | ||
50 | char buffer[] = { 'i', 'n', 'i', 't', 0 }; | ||
51 | ... | ||
52 | } | ||
53 | |||
54 | Under -munaligned-accesses with optimizations on, this declaration | ||
55 | causes the compiler to generate native loads from the literal string | ||
56 | and native stores to the buffer, and the literal string alignment | ||
57 | cannot be controlled. If it is misaligned, then the core will throw | ||
58 | a data abort exception. | ||
59 | |||
60 | Quite probably the same might happen for 16-bit array initializations | ||
61 | where the constant is aligned on a boundary which is a multiple of 2 | ||
62 | but not of 4: | ||
63 | |||
64 | function foo() | ||
65 | { | ||
66 | u16 buffer[] = { 1, 2, 3 }; | ||
67 | ... | ||
68 | } | ||
69 | |||
70 | The long term solution to this issue is to add an option to gcc to | ||
71 | allow controlling the general alignment of data, including constant | ||
72 | initialization values. | ||
73 | |||
74 | However this will only apply to the version of gcc which will have such | ||
75 | an option. For other versions, there are four workarounds: | ||
76 | |||
77 | a) Enforce as a rule that array initializations as described above | ||
78 | are forbidden. This is generally not acceptable as they are valid, | ||
79 | and usual, C constructs. The only case where they could be rejected | ||
80 | is when they actually equate to a const char* declaration, i.e. the | ||
81 | array is initialized and never modified in the function's scope. | ||
82 | |||
83 | b) Drop the requirement on unaligned accesses at least for ARMv7, | ||
84 | i.e. do not throw a data abort exception upon unaligned accesses. | ||
85 | But that will allow adding badly aligned code to U-Boot, only for | ||
86 | it to fail when re-used with a stricter target, possibly once the | ||
87 | bad code is already in mainline. | ||
88 | |||
89 | c) Relax the -munaligned-access rule globally. This will prevent native | ||
90 | unaligned accesses of course, but that will also hide any bug caused | ||
91 | by a bad unaligned access, making it much harder to diagnose it. It | ||
92 | is actually what already happens when building ARM targets with a | ||
93 | pre-4.7 gcc, and it may actually already hide some bugs yet unseen | ||
94 | until the target gets compiled with -munaligned-access. | ||
95 | |||
96 | d) Relax the -munaligned-access rule only for for files susceptible to | ||
97 | the local initialized array issue and for armv7 architectures and | ||
98 | beyond. This minimizes the quantity of code which can hide unwanted | ||
99 | misaligned accesses. | ||
100 | |||
101 | The option retained is d). | ||
102 | |||
103 | Considering that actual occurrences of the issue are rare (as of this | ||
104 | writing, 5 files out of 7840 in U-Boot, or .3%, contain an initialized | ||
105 | local char array which cannot actually be replaced with a const char*), | ||
106 | contributors should not be required to systematically try and detect | ||
107 | the issue in their patches. | ||
108 | |||
109 | Detecting files susceptible to the issue can be automated through a | ||
110 | filter installed as a hook in .git which recognizes local char array | ||
111 | initializations. Automation should err on the false positive side, for | ||
112 | instance flagging non-local arrays as if they were local if they cannot | ||
113 | be told apart. | ||
114 | |||
115 | In any case, detection shall not prevent committing the patch, but | ||
116 | shall pre-populate the commit message with a note to the effect that | ||
117 | this patch contains an initialized local char or 16-bit array and thus | ||
118 | should be protected from the gcc 4.7 issue. | ||
119 | |||
120 | Upon a positive detection, either $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) should be | ||
121 | added to CFLAGS for the affected file(s), or if the array is a pseudo | ||
122 | const char*, it should be replaced by an actual one. | ||
123 | 1 | If you are reading this because of a data abort: the following MIGHT |
doc/README.unaligned-memory-access.txt
File was created | 1 | Editors note: This document is _heavily_ cribbed from the Linux Kernel, with | |
2 | really only the section about "Alignment vs. Networking" removed. | ||
3 | |||
4 | UNALIGNED MEMORY ACCESSES | ||
5 | ========================= | ||
6 | |||
7 | Linux runs on a wide variety of architectures which have varying behaviour | ||
8 | when it comes to memory access. This document presents some details about | ||
9 | unaligned accesses, why you need to write code that doesn't cause them, | ||
10 | and how to write such code! | ||
11 | |||
12 | |||
13 | The definition of an unaligned access | ||
14 | ===================================== | ||
15 | |||
16 | Unaligned memory accesses occur when you try to read N bytes of data starting | ||
17 | from an address that is not evenly divisible by N (i.e. addr % N != 0). | ||
18 | For example, reading 4 bytes of data from address 0x10004 is fine, but | ||
19 | reading 4 bytes of data from address 0x10005 would be an unaligned memory | ||
20 | access. | ||
21 | |||
22 | The above may seem a little vague, as memory access can happen in different | ||
23 | ways. The context here is at the machine code level: certain instructions read | ||
24 | or write a number of bytes to or from memory (e.g. movb, movw, movl in x86 | ||
25 | assembly). As will become clear, it is relatively easy to spot C statements | ||
26 | which will compile to multiple-byte memory access instructions, namely when | ||
27 | dealing with types such as u16, u32 and u64. | ||
28 | |||
29 | |||
30 | Natural alignment | ||
31 | ================= | ||
32 | |||
33 | The rule mentioned above forms what we refer to as natural alignment: | ||
34 | When accessing N bytes of memory, the base memory address must be evenly | ||
35 | divisible by N, i.e. addr % N == 0. | ||
36 | |||
37 | When writing code, assume the target architecture has natural alignment | ||
38 | requirements. | ||
39 | |||
40 | In reality, only a few architectures require natural alignment on all sizes | ||
41 | of memory access. However, we must consider ALL supported architectures; | ||
42 | writing code that satisfies natural alignment requirements is the easiest way | ||
43 | to achieve full portability. | ||
44 | |||
45 | |||
46 | Why unaligned access is bad | ||
47 | =========================== | ||
48 | |||
49 | The effects of performing an unaligned memory access vary from architecture | ||
50 | to architecture. It would be easy to write a whole document on the differences | ||
51 | here; a summary of the common scenarios is presented below: | ||
52 | |||
53 | - Some architectures are able to perform unaligned memory accesses | ||
54 | transparently, but there is usually a significant performance cost. | ||
55 | - Some architectures raise processor exceptions when unaligned accesses | ||
56 | happen. The exception handler is able to correct the unaligned access, | ||
57 | at significant cost to performance. | ||
58 | - Some architectures raise processor exceptions when unaligned accesses | ||
59 | happen, but the exceptions do not contain enough information for the | ||
60 | unaligned access to be corrected. | ||
61 | - Some architectures are not capable of unaligned memory access, but will | ||
62 | silently perform a different memory access to the one that was requested, | ||
63 | resulting in a subtle code bug that is hard to detect! | ||
64 | |||
65 | It should be obvious from the above that if your code causes unaligned | ||
66 | memory accesses to happen, your code will not work correctly on certain | ||
67 | platforms and will cause performance problems on others. | ||
68 | |||
69 | |||
70 | Code that does not cause unaligned access | ||
71 | ========================================= | ||
72 | |||
73 | At first, the concepts above may seem a little hard to relate to actual | ||
74 | coding practice. After all, you don't have a great deal of control over | ||
75 | memory addresses of certain variables, etc. | ||
76 | |||
77 | Fortunately things are not too complex, as in most cases, the compiler | ||
78 | ensures that things will work for you. For example, take the following | ||
79 | structure: | ||
80 | |||
81 | struct foo { | ||
82 | u16 field1; | ||
83 | u32 field2; | ||
84 | u8 field3; | ||
85 | }; | ||
86 | |||
87 | Let us assume that an instance of the above structure resides in memory | ||
88 | starting at address 0x10000. With a basic level of understanding, it would | ||
89 | not be unreasonable to expect that accessing field2 would cause an unaligned | ||
90 | access. You'd be expecting field2 to be located at offset 2 bytes into the | ||
91 | structure, i.e. address 0x10002, but that address is not evenly divisible | ||
92 | by 4 (remember, we're reading a 4 byte value here). | ||
93 | |||
94 | Fortunately, the compiler understands the alignment constraints, so in the | ||
95 | above case it would insert 2 bytes of padding in between field1 and field2. | ||
96 | Therefore, for standard structure types you can always rely on the compiler | ||
97 | to pad structures so that accesses to fields are suitably aligned (assuming | ||
98 | you do not cast the field to a type of different length). | ||
99 | |||
100 | Similarly, you can also rely on the compiler to align variables and function | ||
101 | parameters to a naturally aligned scheme, based on the size of the type of | ||
102 | the variable. | ||
103 | |||
104 | At this point, it should be clear that accessing a single byte (u8 or char) | ||
105 | will never cause an unaligned access, because all memory addresses are evenly | ||
106 | divisible by one. | ||
107 | |||
108 | On a related topic, with the above considerations in mind you may observe | ||
109 | that you could reorder the fields in the structure in order to place fields | ||
110 | where padding would otherwise be inserted, and hence reduce the overall | ||
111 | resident memory size of structure instances. The optimal layout of the | ||
112 | above example is: | ||
113 | |||
114 | struct foo { | ||
115 | u32 field2; | ||
116 | u16 field1; | ||
117 | u8 field3; | ||
118 | }; | ||
119 | |||
120 | For a natural alignment scheme, the compiler would only have to add a single | ||
121 | byte of padding at the end of the structure. This padding is added in order | ||
122 | to satisfy alignment constraints for arrays of these structures. | ||
123 | |||
124 | Another point worth mentioning is the use of __attribute__((packed)) on a | ||
125 | structure type. This GCC-specific attribute tells the compiler never to | ||
126 | insert any padding within structures, useful when you want to use a C struct | ||
127 | to represent some data that comes in a fixed arrangement 'off the wire'. | ||
128 | |||
129 | You might be inclined to believe that usage of this attribute can easily | ||
130 | lead to unaligned accesses when accessing fields that do not satisfy | ||
131 | architectural alignment requirements. However, again, the compiler is aware | ||
132 | of the alignment constraints and will generate extra instructions to perform | ||
133 | the memory access in a way that does not cause unaligned access. Of course, | ||
134 | the extra instructions obviously cause a loss in performance compared to the | ||
135 | non-packed case, so the packed attribute should only be used when avoiding | ||
136 | structure padding is of importance. | ||
137 | |||
138 | |||
139 | Code that causes unaligned access | ||
140 | ================================= | ||
141 | |||
142 | With the above in mind, let's move onto a real life example of a function | ||
143 | that can cause an unaligned memory access. The following function taken | ||
144 | from the Linux Kernel's include/linux/etherdevice.h is an optimized routine | ||
145 | to compare two ethernet MAC addresses for equality. | ||
146 | |||
147 | bool ether_addr_equal(const u8 *addr1, const u8 *addr2) | ||
148 | { | ||
149 | #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | ||
150 | u32 fold = ((*(const u32 *)addr1) ^ (*(const u32 *)addr2)) | | ||
151 | ((*(const u16 *)(addr1 + 4)) ^ (*(const u16 *)(addr2 + 4))); | ||
152 | |||
153 | return fold == 0; | ||
154 | #else | ||
155 | const u16 *a = (const u16 *)addr1; | ||
156 | const u16 *b = (const u16 *)addr2; | ||
157 | return ((a[0] ^ b[0]) | (a[1] ^ b[1]) | (a[2] ^ b[2])) != 0; | ||
158 | #endif | ||
159 | } | ||
160 | |||
161 | In the above function, when the hardware has efficient unaligned access | ||
162 | capability, there is no issue with this code. But when the hardware isn't | ||
163 | able to access memory on arbitrary boundaries, the reference to a[0] causes | ||
164 | 2 bytes (16 bits) to be read from memory starting at address addr1. | ||
165 | |||
166 | Think about what would happen if addr1 was an odd address such as 0x10003. | ||
167 | (Hint: it'd be an unaligned access.) | ||
168 | |||
169 | Despite the potential unaligned access problems with the above function, it | ||
170 | is included in the kernel anyway but is understood to only work normally on | ||
171 | 16-bit-aligned addresses. It is up to the caller to ensure this alignment or | ||
172 | not use this function at all. This alignment-unsafe function is still useful | ||
173 | as it is a decent optimization for the cases when you can ensure alignment, | ||
174 | which is true almost all of the time in ethernet networking context. | ||
175 | |||
176 | |||
177 | Here is another example of some code that could cause unaligned accesses: | ||
178 | void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value) | ||
179 | { | ||
180 | [...] | ||
181 | *((u32 *) data) = cpu_to_le32(value); | ||
182 | [...] | ||
183 | } | ||
184 | |||
185 | This code will cause unaligned accesses every time the data parameter points | ||
186 | to an address that is not evenly divisible by 4. | ||
187 | |||
188 | In summary, the 2 main scenarios where you may run into unaligned access | ||
189 | problems involve: | ||
190 | 1. Casting variables to types of different lengths | ||
191 | 2. Pointer arithmetic followed by access to at least 2 bytes of data | ||
192 | |||
193 | |||
194 | Avoiding unaligned accesses | ||
195 | =========================== | ||
196 | |||
197 | The easiest way to avoid unaligned access is to use the get_unaligned() and | ||
198 | put_unaligned() macros provided by the <asm/unaligned.h> header file. | ||
199 | |||
200 | Going back to an earlier example of code that potentially causes unaligned | ||
201 | access: | ||
202 | |||
203 | void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value) | ||
204 | { | ||
205 | [...] | ||
206 | *((u32 *) data) = cpu_to_le32(value); | ||
207 | [...] | ||
208 | } | ||
209 | |||
210 | To avoid the unaligned memory access, you would rewrite it as follows: | ||
211 | |||
212 | void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value) | ||
213 | { | ||
214 | [...] | ||
215 | value = cpu_to_le32(value); | ||
216 | put_unaligned(value, (u32 *) data); | ||
217 | [...] | ||
218 | } | ||
219 | |||
220 | The get_unaligned() macro works similarly. Assuming 'data' is a pointer to | ||
221 | memory and you wish to avoid unaligned access, its usage is as follows: | ||
222 | |||
223 | u32 value = get_unaligned((u32 *) data); | ||
224 | |||
225 | These macros work for memory accesses of any length (not just 32 bits as | ||
226 | in the examples above). Be aware that when compared to standard access of | ||
227 | aligned memory, using these macros to access unaligned memory can be costly in | ||
228 | terms of performance. | ||
229 | |||
230 | If use of such macros is not convenient, another option is to use memcpy(), | ||
231 | where the source or destination (or both) are of type u8* or unsigned char*. | ||
232 | Due to the byte-wise nature of this operation, unaligned accesses are avoided. | ||
233 | |||
234 | -- | ||
235 | In the Linux Kernel, | ||
236 | Authors: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>, | ||
237 | Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> | ||
238 | With help from: Alan Cox, Avuton Olrich, Heikki Orsila, Jan Engelhardt, | ||
239 | Kyle McMartin, Kyle Moffett, Randy Dunlap, Robert Hancock, Uli Kunitz, | ||
240 | Vadim Lobanov | ||
241 |
fs/ubifs/Makefile
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2006 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2006 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # (C) Copyright 2003 | 5 | # (C) Copyright 2003 |
6 | # Pavel Bartusek, Sysgo Real-Time Solutions AG, pba@sysgo.de | 6 | # Pavel Bartusek, Sysgo Real-Time Solutions AG, pba@sysgo.de |
7 | # | 7 | # |
8 | # | 8 | # |
9 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 9 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
10 | # | 10 | # |
11 | 11 | ||
12 | obj-y := ubifs.o io.o super.o sb.o master.o lpt.o | 12 | obj-y := ubifs.o io.o super.o sb.o master.o lpt.o |
13 | obj-y += lpt_commit.o scan.o lprops.o | 13 | obj-y += lpt_commit.o scan.o lprops.o |
14 | obj-y += tnc.o tnc_misc.o debug.o crc16.o budget.o | 14 | obj-y += tnc.o tnc_misc.o debug.o crc16.o budget.o |
15 | obj-y += log.o orphan.o recovery.o replay.o | 15 | obj-y += log.o orphan.o recovery.o replay.o |
16 | |||
17 | # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses | ||
18 | CFLAGS_super.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) | ||
19 | 16 |
lib/Makefile
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2000-2006 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000-2006 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 8 | ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
9 | 9 | ||
10 | obj-$(CONFIG_RSA) += rsa/ | 10 | obj-$(CONFIG_RSA) += rsa/ |
11 | obj-$(CONFIG_LZMA) += lzma/ | 11 | obj-$(CONFIG_LZMA) += lzma/ |
12 | obj-$(CONFIG_LZO) += lzo/ | 12 | obj-$(CONFIG_LZO) += lzo/ |
13 | obj-$(CONFIG_ZLIB) += zlib/ | 13 | obj-$(CONFIG_ZLIB) += zlib/ |
14 | obj-$(CONFIG_TIZEN) += tizen/ | 14 | obj-$(CONFIG_TIZEN) += tizen/ |
15 | 15 | ||
16 | obj-$(CONFIG_AES) += aes.o | 16 | obj-$(CONFIG_AES) += aes.o |
17 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib.o | 17 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib.o |
18 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_crctable.o | 18 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_crctable.o |
19 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_decompress.o | 19 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_decompress.o |
20 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_randtable.o | 20 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_randtable.o |
21 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_huffman.o | 21 | obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_huffman.o |
22 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_TTY) += circbuf.o | 22 | obj-$(CONFIG_USB_TTY) += circbuf.o |
23 | obj-y += crc7.o | 23 | obj-y += crc7.o |
24 | obj-y += crc8.o | 24 | obj-y += crc8.o |
25 | obj-y += crc16.o | 25 | obj-y += crc16.o |
26 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_CONTROL) += fdtdec.o | 26 | obj-$(CONFIG_OF_CONTROL) += fdtdec.o |
27 | obj-$(CONFIG_TEST_FDTDEC) += fdtdec_test.o | 27 | obj-$(CONFIG_TEST_FDTDEC) += fdtdec_test.o |
28 | obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP) += gunzip.o | 28 | obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP) += gunzip.o |
29 | obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED) += gzip.o | 29 | obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED) += gzip.o |
30 | obj-y += initcall.o | 30 | obj-y += initcall.o |
31 | obj-$(CONFIG_LMB) += lmb.o | 31 | obj-$(CONFIG_LMB) += lmb.o |
32 | obj-y += ldiv.o | 32 | obj-y += ldiv.o |
33 | obj-$(CONFIG_MD5) += md5.o | 33 | obj-$(CONFIG_MD5) += md5.o |
34 | obj-y += net_utils.o | 34 | obj-y += net_utils.o |
35 | obj-$(CONFIG_PHYSMEM) += physmem.o | 35 | obj-$(CONFIG_PHYSMEM) += physmem.o |
36 | obj-y += qsort.o | 36 | obj-y += qsort.o |
37 | obj-$(CONFIG_SHA1) += sha1.o | 37 | obj-$(CONFIG_SHA1) += sha1.o |
38 | obj-$(CONFIG_SHA256) += sha256.o | 38 | obj-$(CONFIG_SHA256) += sha256.o |
39 | obj-y += strmhz.o | 39 | obj-y += strmhz.o |
40 | obj-$(CONFIG_TPM) += tpm.o | 40 | obj-$(CONFIG_TPM) += tpm.o |
41 | obj-$(CONFIG_RBTREE) += rbtree.o | 41 | obj-$(CONFIG_RBTREE) += rbtree.o |
42 | obj-$(CONFIG_BITREVERSE) += bitrev.o | 42 | obj-$(CONFIG_BITREVERSE) += bitrev.o |
43 | endif | 43 | endif |
44 | 44 | ||
45 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 45 | ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
46 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += crc16.o | 46 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += crc16.o |
47 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += net_utils.o | 47 | obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += net_utils.o |
48 | endif | 48 | endif |
49 | obj-$(CONFIG_ADDR_MAP) += addr_map.o | 49 | obj-$(CONFIG_ADDR_MAP) += addr_map.o |
50 | obj-y += hashtable.o | 50 | obj-y += hashtable.o |
51 | obj-y += errno.o | 51 | obj-y += errno.o |
52 | obj-y += display_options.o | 52 | obj-y += display_options.o |
53 | obj-$(CONFIG_BCH) += bch.o | 53 | obj-$(CONFIG_BCH) += bch.o |
54 | obj-y += crc32.o | 54 | obj-y += crc32.o |
55 | obj-y += ctype.o | 55 | obj-y += ctype.o |
56 | obj-y += div64.o | 56 | obj-y += div64.o |
57 | obj-y += hang.o | 57 | obj-y += hang.o |
58 | obj-y += linux_string.o | 58 | obj-y += linux_string.o |
59 | obj-$(CONFIG_REGEX) += slre.o | 59 | obj-$(CONFIG_REGEX) += slre.o |
60 | obj-y += string.o | 60 | obj-y += string.o |
61 | obj-y += time.o | 61 | obj-y += time.o |
62 | obj-$(CONFIG_TRACE) += trace.o | 62 | obj-$(CONFIG_TRACE) += trace.o |
63 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE) += uuid.o | 63 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE) += uuid.o |
64 | obj-y += vsprintf.o | 64 | obj-y += vsprintf.o |
65 | obj-$(CONFIG_RANDOM_MACADDR) += rand.o | 65 | obj-$(CONFIG_RANDOM_MACADDR) += rand.o |
66 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY) += rand.o | 66 | obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY) += rand.o |
67 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL) += rand.o | 67 | obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL) += rand.o |
68 | |||
69 | # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses | ||
70 | CFLAGS_bzlib.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) | ||
71 | 68 |